|
International Development Brunch |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Centennial Ballroom III |
Chair: Simon Dymond (University of Wales, Swansea) |
The international development brunch is scheduled on the first day of the convention to welcome the international members and review the international development of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 AM–11:20 AM |
International Ballroom South |
Chair: Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
Attendees to SQAB events must register for the SQAB conference in addition to the ABA convention. Visit http://sqab.psychology.org/ for more information. |
|
|
|
|
Special Interest Group Business Meeting with the ABA Presidents |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Chicago A-F |
Chair: Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
To discuss issues of SIGs with SIG representatives. |
|
|
|
|
Affiliated Chapters Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Chicago A-F |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Presenting Authors: |
To review activities of the Affiliated Chapters Board. |
|
|
|
|
Newcomers' Session |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
9:30 AM–10:20 AM |
Cairo |
Chair: John L. Michael (Western Michigan University), W. Scott Wood (Drake University) |
An overview of ABA, its history, structures, and functions as an international locus of the field of behavior analysis. Awards, special interest groups, and other features will also be dealt with. Drs. Michael and Wood, two of ABA's original members, will review the origin and organization of ABA as well as describe the principles of behavior analysis that form the scientific foundation of the field. |
|
|
|
|
A Road Map to the Autism Program at ABA: A Guide for Newcomers. |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
10:30 AM–11:20 AM |
Cairo |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This session will offer a brief review of the events in the Autism Area of the ABA Program. More specifically, the Program Coordinator for this area will outline presentations, their times, locations, and notable papers that would match the interest of the first time attendees such as students and parents. |
|
|
|
|
Opening Event: Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards - 2006 SABA Awards |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
11:30 AM–12:50 PM |
Centennial Ballroom I & II |
|
Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: James A. Dinsmoor, Ph.D. |
Abstract: (Awarded posthumously) Dr. Dinsmoors award will be accepted by Mrs. Kay Dinsmoor. |
|
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University) |
|
Dr. Philip Hineline (Temple University) will deliver an address titled In Honor and Memory of James A. Dinsmoor.
Jim Dinsmoor was at the core of behavior analysis from its very beginnings and remained so throughout his career. He participated in the very first “proto-ABA convention,” the Conference on the Experimental Analysis of Behavior at Indiana University nearly sixty years ago. As a graduate student under Keller and Schoenfeld at Columbia, he provided advice on research strategy to Murray Sidman. Moving to the Midwest, he took up the flag for behavior analysis in the Psychology Department at Indiana University while Kay, his wife, ran the back office for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Over the years, Jim accomplished a remarkable series of incisive research projects focused upon key conceptual issues. The first of these was a struggle to untangle the complex contingencies of escape and avoidance conditioning, the interpretation of which is a matter of contention to this day. The most notable project, in my view, served to unmask the cognitivist interpretation of conditioned reinforcement. He showed that a conception in terms of “information” was a misleading characterization of the processes involved. Concurrently, Jim was a political activist, supporting controversial causes through his reputation for personal integrity. And of course, Jim was prominent in the action first at EPA, at MPA, at MABA, and at ABA; where he could be counted on for good humor as well as supportive and provocative wisdom. |
|
Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Joseph E. Morrow, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This paper raises the issue of bringing behaviorism to our culture and to the world. It examines the question of vehicles that are available to us to reach this goal. Certain vehicles are specified and elaborated on. Finally, the issue of why behavioralize the world is addressed. It is argued that, given our understanding of contingencies of reinforcement, it may be time for behaviorists to begin talking about such important issues as war and poverty. |
|
JOSEPH E. MORROW (Applied Behavior Consultants) |
|
Dr. Joseph Morrow received his Ph.D. in experimental psychology from Washington State University in 1965. Since that time he has taught at California State University, Fullerton; Indiana University, South Bend; and California State University, Sacramento, from which he recently retired. For the past nineteen years he has been president of Applied Behavior Consultants (ABC), a 300-person firm providing Applied Behavior Analysis Services. ABC operates day schools and provides home services throughout California for children with autism and other special needs. In the last few years, ABC has opened behavioral schools in China and Bahrain as well as providing services in several other countries. Dr. Morrow will give a presentation titled Behavioralizing the World. |
|
Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis: Robert H. Horner, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The potential value of applied behavior analysis for society is most likely to be realized if behavior analysts focus on expanding our unit of analysis, increasing the range of our outcome measures, and improving the accessibility of our technology. This will require a blending of rigorous behavioral science with a practical transfer technology. Six recommendations will be offered for how applied behavior analysts may extend impressive demonstrations of individual behavior change to demonstrations of large-scale social change. The basic thesis is that applying the principles of behavior analysis at scales of social significance will not occur from an awakening of society to the value of behavior analysis, but through efforts of behavior analysts to reach out and make behavior analysis relevant to the needs of society. |
|
ROBERT H. HORNER (University of Oregon) |
|
Dr. Robert Horner is a professor of special education at the University of Oregon. He took his undergraduate degree in psychology from Stanford University, his master’s degree in experimental psychology from Washington State University, and his doctorate in special education at the University of Oregon. His research during the past 25 years has focused on the design of instructional technology for individuals with severe intellectual disabilities, generalization, stimulus control, and, most recently, positive behavior support. During the past 12 years Dr. Horner has worked with Dr. George Sugai on implementation of school-wide positive behavior support, an application of behavior analysis at the whole-school level. This approach currently is being implemented in over 3000 schools, and, when blended with academic interventions, is associated with improvements in both social and academic gains of students. Dr. Horner is a former associate editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a past editor of JASH (The Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps), and current co-editor of the Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions. His professional awards include the 1996 APA Fred Keller Educational Researcher Award and the 2002 AAMR Education Award. Dr. Horner will give a presentation titled Implementing Applied Behavior Analysis at Scales of Social Importance. |
|
Award for Impact of Science on Application: Nathan H. Azrin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Laboratory studies of operant conditioning have justifiably been judged to provide the scientific basis for applied behavior analysis. Close examination of the specific procedures, methods of measurement, and behavioral generalizations reveals that very many of these laboratory procedures and findings have had little relevance to the procedures used in the area of applications. Successful applications have not been a direct translation of operant procedures but rather an exclusion of many of these operant procedures, a focus on several of the methodological features and development of several new procedures that have little or no relation to the laboratory programs. This analysis suggests that applied behavior analysis will continue to devise new treatments for complex, socially significant problems by continuing to develop new procedures that have not been central to the laboratory procedures and findings. The elements common to both endeavors appear to be specification, standardization, quantification, and experimental evaluation. |
|
NATHAN H. AZRIN (NOVA Southeastern University) |
|
Dr. Nathan Azrin is a professor at Nova Southeastern University in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. He received his Ph.D. under B. F. Skinner at Harvard University in 1956. Azrin began his career doing basic laboratory research in operant conditioning, later shifting his focus to applied psychology, in which he has been a pioneer in establishing the field of applied behavior analysis. Many of the treatment/training programs he developed are now in widespread usage. Specific examples are the Token Economy or Point Reward Program (with Dr. Ayllon); use of time-out; and effective self-care programs for retarded persons including toilet training, nocturnal enuresis, dressing, proper mealtime skills, self-stimulation, aggression, and self-injury. He also developed programs for non-retarded persons including alcoholism, drug use, medication adherence, tics, stuttering, Tourette’s Disorder, Trichotillomania, marital dysfunction, classroom management, toilet training, nocturnal enuresis, the Job Club method for securing employment for the chronically unemployed, parent-youth problems, and Major Depressive Disorder. The great diversity of problems he has studied reflects his conviction that applied behavioral analysis is a rich conceptual strategy with unlimited avenues of treatment applicability. Dr. Azrin will give a presentation titled Impact of Science on Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: Behavior Analysis and Therapy Program of Southern Illinois University, Carbondale |
Abstract: Tony Cuvo, Ph.D. will accept the award on behalf of the Behavior Analysis and Therapy Program. In 1955, Guy Renzaglia founded the Rehabilitation Institute at Southern Illinois University at Carbondale (SIUC). The goal of the Institute is to serve as an academic home for training professionals in various branches of rehabilitation. In the same year, Israel Goldiamond joined the faculty of SIUCs Department of Psychology. Iz was instrumental in recruiting Nathan Azrin to Southern Illinois to become the founding director of the Behavior Research Laboratory at Anna State Hospital, located some 20 miles south of Carbondale. Guy and Nate collaborated in 1965 to form the first Masters degree program in Behavior Modification in the United States, The program became one of several graduate programs within the Rehabilitation Institute. Ed Sulzer was hired as the Behavior Modification Programs founding coordinator. Since its inception, there has been a close working relationship between the academic program on campus and the former Anna State Hospital, now named the Choate Mental Health and Developmental Center. The state Hospital provided the program with the initial faculty and a site for students to acquire research and clinical experience. Ed Sulzer and Nate Azrin, along with Don Hake and Ted Ayllon (both also from Anna), designed the original academic curriculum. Subsequently, Richard Foxx and other behavior analysts provided supervision to program students in their positions at the state hospital. In 1982, the name of the program was changed to Behavior Analysis and Therapy to reflect, not only our evolving disciplinary terminology, but also the comprehensive nature of the curriculum. The program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis. A doctoral program in Rehabilitation, including a behavioral specialty, was also added during the early 1980s. Students have been able to receive education and training in both basic and applied behavior analysis, as well as behavior therapy. Some areas of specialization over the decades have included developmental disabilities, child abuse and neglect, acquired head injury, gambling, stimulus equivalence, school intervention, behavioral medicine, sexual behavior, community behavior analysis, organizational behavior management, functional analysis of challenging behavior, and other topics. Two major clinical training and community service programs have been externally funded for a number of years... |
|
N/A N/A (N/a) |
|
|
Award for Effective Presentation in the Mass Media: James Kauffman, Ed.D. |
Abstract: In this presentation, I raise concern about a new racism often mistaken for cultural sensitivity and cultural competence. It is characterized by the assumption that skin color or heritage, usually said to designate a culture, makes an individual responsive or unresponsive to particular therapies, educational methods, or other efforts to teach, heal, or help. Markers of the new racism include misleading statements and hyperbole, the creation of politically charged but scientifically and logically questionable categories or groups, the assumption that group identity is more important than individual characteristics, and the use of inappropriate proxies in making treatment decisions. Better science is our best hope of combating the new racism, and I hope that applied behavior analysts will play an important role in checking out the idea that skin hue and heritage determine how someone responds to behavioral operations. |
|
JAMES M. KAUFFMAN (University of Virginia) |
|
James M. Kauffman, Professor Emeritus of Education at the University of Virginia, received his Ed.D. degree in special education from the University of Kansas in 1969. He is a past president of the Council for Children with Behavioral Disorders (CCBD). Among his honors are the 2002 Outstanding Leadership Award from CCBD and the 1994 Research Award from the Council for Exceptional Children. Besides the book Education Deform, published in 2002, he is author, editor, co-author, or co-editor of numerous publications in special education and related fields. One of his textbooks, Characteristics of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders of Children and Youth, is widely adopted in special education and is now in its eighth edition. His most recent co-authored books are Special Education: What it is and Why We Need It; Learning Disabilities: Foundations, Characteristics, and Effective Teaching; Children and Youth with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders: A History of Their Education; the fourth edition of Managing Classroom Behavior: A Reflective Case-Based Approach; and the 10th edition of Exceptional Learners: Introduction to Special Education. Dr. Kauffman will give a presentation titled Concerns about a New Racism. |
|
2005 International Grant Awards |
Abstract: The International Development Fund provides for three $1,000 International Development Grants to be awarded annually, through a competitive process. In 2005, the grants were awarded to support the following projects: Behavior Analysis Training in a Clinical Psychology Context, developed by Aldo Hernandez Barrios and Vladimir Bernal Alfonso (Universidad Catlica de Colombia, Unidad de Servicios Psicolgicos, Colombia) A University Training Program in Applied and Clinical Behavior Analysis in Tampere, Finland developed by Dr. Martti T. Tuomisto (Institute for Extension Studies, University of Tampere, Finland) Development of a BCBA Masters Degree Program, developed by Dr. Denis OHora (University of Ulster, Northern Ireland) 2006 Fellowship Awardees SABA Fellowships are awarded to doctoral students by way of a competitive process in two areas of concentration: Child Development and Experimental Analysis of Behavior. The Sidney W. and Janet R. Bijou Fellowship provides an annual fellowship to a doctoral student investigating child development from a behavior analyst perspective. Recipients in 2006 are Elizabeth Adams (University of Florida) and Sarah OConnor (National University of Ireland, Maynooth). The SABA Experimental Analysis of Behavior Fellowship provides an annual fellowship to a doctoral student in psychology or behavior analysis who is conducting research in the experimental analysis of behavior. The 2006 recipient is Bethany Raiff (University of Florida). |
|
N/A N/A (N/a) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis of Child Behavior Problems |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Greenbriar |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Charmaine Bill (ABA Supervisor) |
|
Getting the Kids to Eat: A Dynamic Procedure Addressing Food Refusal in Selective Eaters |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHARMAINE BILL (ABA Supervisor) |
|
Abstract: Persuading children to eat what is on offer can be an extremely difficult task. It is a highly emotive issue for parents and can result in health problems associated with malnutrition. The present study focuses on a program developed to increase the flexibility and range of food consumed by children with self-imposed restricted diets. This population is a small subsection of the general population where their restricted diets have led to extreme health and social impairment. The program uses positive reinforcement through a points system to encourage the children to try new foods without the usual emotional outpourings that can impede the acceptance of new foods. The children are able to choose which foods to try from a selection on offer at each meal. The new food is introduced during a "starter" course while the "main course" is always something the child will already eat. The new food is gradually incorporated into the main course. This has proven to be an effective method of changing each new food from an item the parent wishes the child to eat for health reasons, to something the child will want to try in order to gain their reinforcer. |
|
The Efficacy of Brief FBA Methods for Assessing ADHD Behaviors and Stimulant Medication Effect |
Domain: Applied Research |
C. BAKER WRIGHT (Behavior Management Consultants, Inc.), Jon S. Bailey (BMC, FSU, FABA) |
|
Abstract: This study examined the efficacy of brief functional assessment methodologies, including descriptive assessment and contingency reversal conditions, in determining function of ADHD behavior and the effects of stimulant medication in regular classroom environments. Students diagnosed with ADHD participated in a double blind placebo controlled stimulant medication trial within this functional assessment. One of the four participants showed differential responding to stimulant medication during the descriptive conditions, suggesting an effect of the medication for this participant, and also showing the descriptive measures used can be sensitive to changes in behavior due to the presence of stimulant medication. Results from the brief FBA also showed the assessment procedures are sensitive enough to show differential responding to the medication as well as across manipulated environmental variables. Two of the four participants displayed the lowest levels of off-task behavior during the contingency reversal conditions, regardless of medication. Overall, results indicated the usefulness of the functional assessment procedures in common classroom environments in determining function of behavior and efficacy of stimulant medication. This study also continued to support the trend of current research by detailing the importance of individual assessment of behavior and the effects of stimulant medication on the treatment of ADHD behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
OBM 2006: A View From the Field |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Centennial Ballroom I |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Leslie Wilk Braksick, Ph.D. |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
LESLIE WILK BRAKSICK (The Continuous Learning Group, Inc.) |
Dr. Leslie Braksick is noted for energy, honesty, and an intense commitment to results. She has earned the trust of AT&T, Bayer Corporation, Chevron Corporation, Ingersoll-Rand, Bell Atlantic, H.J. Heinz, and many other companies. Dr. Braksick’s power-packed, practical teaching, her personal ease, and her down-to-earth style make her the speaker of choice for anyone seeking the Holy Grail of strategy execution. Her key message—“success is driven by human behavior and the consequences that shape it”—resonates with today’s grand-slam execution challenges, like M&A, corporate creep, supply chain management, technology implementation, attracting and retaining top talent, succession, and knowledge management. In addition to speaking at conferences for Inc. Magazine, The Conference Board, and the International Society for Performance Improvement, Dr. Braksick is in great demand for strategic internal meetings. Executives of Fortune 100 companies turn to her for a message that is totally customized to advance their cause, delivered with passion, and grounded in real-world results. High demand to spread the word prompted her first book, Unlock Behavior, Unleash Profits (McGraw-Hill, 2000). Her provocative ideas have appeared in numerous popular business publications and refereed journals. |
Abstract: In this address, Dr. Leslie Braksick will offer her perspective on the State of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) from the consultant and clients point of view. As a behavioral leadership coach to Fortune 100 executives and as the Co-Founder and Chairman of the largest behaviorally-based consulting firm, Braksick has an important perspective on the world of work and the opportunities and challenges for OBM practitioners. Braksick will discuss current and emerging trends in business and the role of behavior analysis in those trends. She will highlight client examples where Fortune 100 companies are, today, relying on behavior analysis as their strategic weapon for high performance and competitive differentiation. She will also draw attention to clients who say they are focusing on behavior but, in reality, use programs that have no scientific underpinning. The voice of the client will be seen and heard using video technology. Finally, Braksick will offer her perspective on areas of needed study by OBM researchers as well as how the OBM network might better market their behavioral solutions. |
|
|
|
|
SQAB 2006 Tutorial: Explicit Methods and Implicit Human Values in Quantitative Behavioral Models |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
International Ballroom South |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
Presenting Authors: : CHARLES P. SHIMP (University of Utah) |
Abstract: Quantitative models of behavior will be described, sorted, and informally categorized in terms of their underlying metaphors, including geometric, mechanical, hydraulic, electromechanical, statistical, computer, cosmological, philosophical, political, ecological, and logical metaphors. They will also be categorized in terms of the purposes for which they are constructed, including to summarize data, predict new phenomena, to identify basic mechanisms, and to integrate diverse phenomena in terms of similar underlying mechanisms. The diverse means by which they are evaluated will also be described, for example, in terms of parsimony, descriptive accuracy against data, descriptive accuracy compared to that of other models, whether they can submit to a critical test, and the breadth of data to which they apply. Evaluative tools such as clarity, elegance, intuitive accessibility, biological plausibility, practical relevance, and the persuasiveness of the arguments advanced by their inventors, will be described. The relevance to model evaluation of historical trends, fads, and technological limitations will also be addressed. A sense in which quantitative models have only the appearance of being quantitative will be discussed. |
|
CHARLES P. SHIMP (University of Utah) |
Charles Shimp began his scientific career believing that science, especially quantitative science, offered a path to important knowledge about the human condition that was fundamentally different from those offered by art, literature, and music. Over the course of his career, he has come to question that belief. He now believes there are implicit and unevaluated |
|
|
|
|
Using Grounded Reflection to Reflect on the Constructivist Perspective |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Centennial Ballroom II |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Vivian Fueyo, Ph.D. |
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
VIVIAN FUEYO (University of South Florida, St. Petersburg) |
Dr. Vivian Fueyo received her Doctorate in Developmental and Child Psychology at the University of Kansas and joined the faculty at USF St. Petersburg in 2003 as founding Dean of the College of Education. Prior to serving as Dean of the College of Education at USF-St. Petersburg, Dr. Fueyo was a faculty member in the College of Education at Florida State |
Abstract: Reflection, based on grounded theory and supported by research and the scientific method, is much more behavioral than constructivist. Despite this assertion, current priorities in teacher education posit that behavioral approaches are inadequate for defining the social and cognitive mediation necessary for teaching and learning in todays classrooms. Frequently, constructivist principles are advocated instead. In the second edition of The Handbook of Research on Teacher Education (Sikula, 1996), Constructivist Perspectives is one of eight subsections under Contemporary Conceptions of Learning to Teach. The others are Critical Perspectives, Teacher Reasoning, Pedagogical Content Knowledge, Multicultural Teacher Education, Global Teacher Education, Human Development, and Cognitive Instruction. Behaviorism and Behavior Analysis comprises a separate, stand alone section of this same book. It is telling that constructivist perspectives is listed as one among many in the handbook, while an entire section of the book is dedicated exclusively to behaviorism. Without behavioral approaches to teaching, all the requisite skills that students and teachers need to reflect and reason, such as active listening, attending to appropriate cues, clarifying and extending questions, paraphrasing, etc., could never occur. Nevertheless, the confusion continues. The purpose of this address is to engage the audience in a semantic and functional analysis of behavioral and constructivist approaches to teaching and learning. |
|
|
|
|
Acquisition and Generalization of Social Skills |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Centennial Ballroom III |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
CE Instructor: Marjorie H. Charlop, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Presentation of research conducted at the Claremont Autism Center that examines the acquisition and generalization of positive behaviors including social initiations and social skills. Studies to be discussed included a comparative analysis of generalization techniques, assessment of socio-communicative function of inappropriate behaviors, social initiations in nonverbal children, and a comparison of the effectiveness of Steps to Social Success (SSS) and Social Stories for Teaching Social Skills to children with autism. |
|
Comparative Analysis of Generalization Strategies. |
GINA T. CHANG (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: The study conducted a comparative analysis of generalization strategies with different loci of control. Research has demonstrated that specifically implementing facilitators of generalization into behavioral interventions increases generalization and maintenance of newly acquired skills (e.g., Chandler, Lubeck & Fowler, 1992; R. L. Koegel & Koegel, 1995; Schreibman, 1988; Stokes & Baer, 1977). However, only a few studies have attempted to understand the role that different strategies play in promoting generalization, and none have directly compared strategies. The present study presents a comparison of the known facilitators of generalization; multiple stimuli training, indiscriminable contingency training, and reinforced generalization training. The study uses a multi-element design with a multiple baseline design across and within children additional control to compare which generalization strategy works the most effectively in assisting children with autism to generalize behaviors taught in the clinical setting to the natural environment. |
|
Increasing Social Initiations in Nonverbal Children with Autism: A Comparison of Modified Incidental Teaching Sessions (MITS) and Discrete Trial Training (DTT) |
KARI BERQUIST (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: This study examined the acquisition and generalization of social initiations (e.g., greetings, sharing) in three nonverbal children with autism. Children were taught two different social behaviors in which they initiated an interaction with another person, thus promoting overt social communication. Modified Incidental Teaching Sessions (MITS) and Discrete Trial Training (DTT) were compared and used to increase children’s social initiations. It was hypothesized that children with autism would show increases in the use of social initiations after either treatment (MITS or DTT) was implemented, but that only the behaviors taught using MITS would show better generalization. An alternating treatment, multiple baseline design across participants was used. Inter-observer agreement was above 80% for each child. Initial results suggest that all three children increased in their frequency of social initiations after either treatment (MITS or DTT); however, generalization and maintenance of target behaviors was superior with MITS. |
|
Increasing Social Initiations through Functional Assessment and Communication Training in Children with Autism. |
KATHERINE K. BYRD (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: One of the major deficits of children with autism is in social interaction with others. These two experiments were designed to identify the socio-communicative function of inappropriate behaviors and assess the effects of communication training upon the use of replacement behaviors. In Experiment 1, we developed an assessment method for identifying the subtle and idiosyncratic behaviors in three children and classified these behaviors (e.g., grabbing, jumping, and engaging in stereotypy) in terms of social function. Results indicated that all children expressed inappropriate behaviors that served a social function. The most frequently displayed initiations were those aberrant behaviors expressing or requesting affection or attention. In Experiment 2, assessment data were used to select more appropriate social behaviors that served the same socio-communicative function as the previous behaviors. Two children participated in the communication training that consisted of modeling and prompting the replacement behaviors in the settings where each child previously displayed an inappropriate behavior. Results of a multiple baseline design across children showed that children learned the replacement behaviors and showed decreases in inappropriate behaviors. These findings suggest that identifying the social function of inappropriate behavior may facilitate the acquisition of effective social initiating behavior in low functioning children with autism. |
|
A Comparison of Steps to Social Success (SSS) and Social Stories for Teaching Social Skills to Children with Autism. |
SABRINA D. DANESHVAR (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Social Stories (Gray & Garand, 1993) is a widely used social skills program for children with autism despite little empirical validation. Based on severe cognitive and social deficits present in these children, it is curious how Social Stories can be effective in teaching social skills to this population, and the scarcity of empirical data makes it more questionable. Despite the name “social” stories, what little data there are addressed behaviors other than social skills (i.e., tantrums, off-task behavior). In this study an alternative social skills program, Steps to Social Success (SSS), was created to capitalize on the strengths of children with autism and include facilitators for motivation, generalization and maintenance. Importantly, the program clearly focuses on teaching social behaviors. An alternating treatments design with a multiple baseline design across children was used to empirically assess and compare the effectiveness of Social Stories and the newly developed SSS program in teaching social skills to four children with autism. Results found that SSS was effective whereas Social Stories was not. Results also showed greater ancillary increases in spontaneous social behavior and decreases in inappropriate behavior in the SSS condition. Interobserver agreement was at satisfactory levels (greater than 80%). Results are discussed in terms of how children with autism learn best and the importance of scientific study of commonly used treatment techniques. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs: Design and Effects |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Techwood |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno) |
|
Behavior Analysis Dissemination in Spain: The Design of a Two-Year Training Program |
Domain: Service Delivery |
TOMAS JESUS CARRASCO-GIMENEZ (Universidad de Granada), Javier Virues Ortega (Instituto de Salud Carlos III & Universidad de Granada) |
|
Abstract: The Association for the Advancement of the Science of Behavior (AASB) was founded during the Summer of 2004 in Granada (Southern Spain). The main goal of our institution is to provide students with a systematic education on behavior analysis and the acquisition of clinical skills. There are very few graduate programs that teach behavior analysis in Spain. The programs that do exist provide limited training and practical job opportunities. The AASB was created in order to offer specialized training to graduate students interested in further education on behavior analysis. We provide training to approximately 15 new students each year. Our institution seeks high levels of training excellence and accreditation by government agencies and international associations. The training provided to our students is organized along five guidelines: (a) theoretical education on behavior analysis, (b) supervised training with patients, (c) training on access to internship positions supplied by the health administration, (d) involvement in the management of our institution and in research activities, (e) provide job opportunities in behavior analysis at the completion of the training program, and (f) personal mentorship. This presentation will provide information regarding the particulars of the dissemination of instruction on behavior analysis in Spain. In addition, data on the details of our teaching methodology will be presented. |
|
Effects of Teachers' Verbal Behavior and Application of Research Based Tactics on Instructional Objectives by Students with Pervasive Developmental Disorders |
Domain: Applied Research |
JEREMY H. GREENBERG (Columbia University) |
|
Abstract: The present study demonstrates a functional relationship between a teacher training package and number of instructional objectives achieved by their students as well as numbers of learn units per instructional objective. The training package consisted of direct instruction of when to make data based decisions and verbal mastery of 14 research based scientific tactics. Participants included three special education teachers with prerequisite completion of specific repertoires in teaching using applied behavior analysis. Elementary students were diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder. The experimental design employed was a multiple baseline across teachers. The decision analysis phase consisted of verbal mastery and implementation of 100% correct instructional decision making by the teachers. The tactics treatment condition consisted of verbal mastery and application of 14 research based scientific tactics. Correct application was continuously monitored using the TPRA observation procedure. All teachers showed a significant increase in the number of instructional objectives taught in the decision protocol and tactics treatment conditions. In addition, number of learn units per objective decreased significantly for all three teachers which resulted in more efficient instruction. Teacher decisions and tactic selection was viewed as verbally governed using Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior. A cost benefit analysis was also discussed. |
|
Shape Your Teacher: An Exercise to Improve Participation in College Courses |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CRISS WILHITE (California State University, Fresno) |
|
Abstract: Most university courses involve students passively listening to teachers. Techniques such as guided notes and response cards have been demonstrated to increase participation in lecture-based courses. The “Shape Your Teacher” project was developed to improve attendance, participation and student self-management projects in an introductory behavior analysis course. The professor recorded baselines the first week of school across a dozen of her own behaviors. Each week thereafter students filled out feedback forms to reinforce the professor regarding changes in the rates of her targeted behaviors. These forms also served as note-taking guides for students for their own projects. Points for completing forms could not be made up and the day the project was administered changed from week to week. Data from three semesters include outcomes on participation, attendance and quality of student self-management projects. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Verbal Behavior |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Learning Center |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (BMC, FSU, FABA) |
Discussant: John L. Michael (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Each day the members of a community exchange a myriad of verbal episodes, not all of which are spoken. From asking someone to pass the salt to writing a letter to your congressperson, all of these examples of verbal behavior serve a function. In an effort to better understand common communication in our society, a group of graduate students analyzed a few examples of such episodes. The areas of interest to be discussed are the art of the pick-up line, the language of teenagers, communication styles of men vs. women, what your car is communicating to your neighbors, and exploring the techniques of a motivational speaker. |
|
A Behavioral Interpretation of Pulling Your Own Strings (Wayne Dyer). |
KELLE WITT (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: Behavioral methods to deal with verbal coercion will be demonstrated. |
|
He Just Doesn't Understand Me! Gender Differences in Applied Verbal Behavior. |
CARA L. PHILLIPS (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: Ineffective verbal episodes between a male and female will be analyzed based on the function of the episode for the speaker, and changes for improvement will be explored. |
|
“If I Said You Had a Beautiful Body Would You Hold it Against Me?” Using Verbal Behavior to Perfect Pick-Up Lines: A Practical How-To Guide. |
CRISTAL E. ELWOOD (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: Visit any bar or nightclub, in any town, and you will likely observe at least one man use a pick-up line—better yet, you will likely see that man slapped by the woman he tried to pick up. Since most people—especially men who hang out in bars—do not typically read Verbal Behavior, they do not realize the error in their ways, but this paper aims to bring Verbal Behavior theory into the realm of the pick-up line, and to help men be more successful in starting conversations with women. |
|
|
|
|
Awareness, Free Will, and Intention |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Roswell |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Paul D. Neuman (Bryn Mawr College) |
|
Who Needs Awareness? |
Domain: Theory |
SOLANGE PASQUET (Florida International University) |
|
Abstract: Academic debates concerning the role of awareness in adaptive learning continue. Although our literature lacks an explicit definition of awareness, many researchers argue that it must be present for conditioning to take place. But just how essential is awareness in the learning process? An attempt is made here to highlight key studies that have successfully implemented Operant Conditioning techniques in the absence of awareness. Emphasis is placed on studies where autonomic responses (such as galvanic skin resistance, gastric acid secretion, and tics), nocturnal behaviors, and responses emitted by comatose patients have come under operant control. |
|
The Belief in Free Will as Establishing Operation: Universal Biological Adaptation or Western Cultural Phenomenon? |
Domain: Theory |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
|
Abstract: In previous papers, I suggested that the tenacious belief in free will, as opposed to the existence of free will, is a biological adaptation of human beings. That is, in the course of human history, those persons who believed they could freely choose among response options were more successful in propagating offspring than persons who possessed less of this belief. If the belief in free will is a product of evolution, it should be a universal phenomenon – a part of human nature. To shed light on this hypothesis, the current paper will summarize my previous work in this area, focusing on establishing operations and primary reinforcement, and then examine the conceptualization of human agency in a range of non-Western cultures and religions and contrast those perspectives with the Western view. |
|
An Intentional Interpretive Perspective |
Domain: Theory |
PAUL D. NEUMAN (Bryn Mawr College) |
|
Abstract: To the extent that the concept of intention has been addressed within behavior analysis, descriptions of intention have been general and have not specifically included important distinctions that differentiate a behavior-analytic approach from vernacular definitions of intention. A fundamental difference between a behavior-analytic approach and most other psychological approaches is that other approaches focus on the necessity of intentions to explain behavior, while a behavior-analytic approach is directed at understanding the interplay between behavior and environment. Behavior-analytic interpretations include the relations between the observer’s behavior and the environment. From a behavior-analytic perspective, an analysis of the observer’s interpretations of individual’s behavior is inherent in the subsequent attribution of intention. The present agenda is to provide a behavior-analytic account of attributing intention that identifies the establishing conditions for speaking of intention. Also addressed is the extent to which we speak of intentions when the observed individual’s behavior is contingency-shaped or under instructional control. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Issues of Social Concern: From Metatheory to Praxis |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Lenox |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Michelle Ennis Soreth (Temple University) |
Discussant: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have long addressed issues of social and ethical concern, typically asserting that social and cultural practices can be improved through a scientific approach to human behavior. Despite this long history, a detailed examination of the direct relation between behavior analysis and issues of social concern has yielded only a few seminal pieces of literature (e.g., Skinner, 1971; Sidman, 1989; Baum, 1979). This symposium will extend these analyses and examine the theoretical underlying assumptions of the behavioranalytic system that are relevant to issues of social, political, and ethical concern, and the manner in which they differ from other explanatory systems. The authors will describe the implications, practical considerations, and specific applications of these assumptions for the continued development of a technology of behavior and the continued pursuit of social justice and responsibility. |
|
The Behavior Analytic Path to Social Justice is Paved with Implicit Assumptions. |
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
Abstract: One of the primary differences between behavior analysis and other psychological systems involves the nature of the explanatory prose found within each system. The directionality of explanatory prose used in behavior analysis is distinct from that commonly used in the vernacular and in many psychological theories to account for the behavior of others (Hineline, 1990). While the impact of behavior analytic explanatory patterns on notions of personal responsibility and freedom have been well established (Skinner, 1971; Baum, 2005), the view that the causal directionality within behavior analytic explanation is neither neutral nor value-free has yet to be discussed at great length. The extensions of psychological theories that elevate the person to causal status present potentially destructive social implications. However, behavior analysts may face a similar, inverse critique of their own system that focuses on the problems inherent in an account that privileges explanation in terms of environmental selection. Through an increased awareness of the implications for social justice that are inherent within the patterns of explanation of a given psychological system, behavior analysts can be better equipped to address criticisms of the theory in relation to social issues while advancing the behavior analytic system on both conceptual and technological levels. |
|
The Implications of the Medical Model on Social and Mental Health Policies. |
CHRISTEINE M. TERRY (University of Washington), Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington) |
Abstract: In the United States, the medical model of mental health is the foundation on which many decisions about diagnosis and treatment are built. In addition, research on mental health concerns utilizes the model to select research samples and outcome variables (e.g., remission of symptoms). The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM – IV, 2000) is perhaps, the most conspicuous sign of the medical model in mental health. While the medical model, particularly the use of the DSM-IV, may provide clinicians with a common language to discuss and research mental health concerns, others, including behavior analysts, have raised concerns about the use of the medical model in mental health (e.g., Follette, Bach, & Follette, 2003; McWilliams, 2005). In particular, behavior analysts have raised concerns about the nomothetic, as opposed to the idiographic, nature of the medical model. Psychologists have also raised concerns about the high rates of co-morbidity among disorders (e.g., depression and anxiety), which broaches concerns about the validity of diagnostic categorization and criteria. The current paper critically examines the use of the medical model in mental health as well as the implications of this model on treatment and mental health and social policies. |
|
Critical Psychology: Building Careers in the Service of Social Justice. |
MARY D. PLUMMER (University of Washington) |
Abstract: This presentation explores the roles and responsibilities of behavioral scientists in working towards social justice in their professional fields and personal lives. In doing so, it references Critical Psychology [CP], an academic movement committed to challenging forces within mainstream psychology that maintain or perpetuate unjust political, economic, and societal structures. CP advocates a values-explicit psychological profession in the service of reciprocal empowerment, self-determination, distributive justice, human diversity, and democratic participation. While countless academics have published theory and empirical data regarding these issues, we as individuals and as a profession often limit our engagement to the written word, and rarely transfer our assertions into practice. This imbalance in our discipline is the product of multiple aspects of our professional culture and training, including failure to disseminate socially-relevant research findings within the communities which could most benefit; discomfort or ignorance surrounding the role of critical psychology within individual and group psychotherapy; arbitrary boundaries separating one’s professional and personal responsibility to alleviate human suffering; and lack of proximal reinforcement within one’s professional environment for orienting towards social justice. Each issue will be discussed and tackled, concluding with practical suggestions on how one might structure their work in the service of social justice. |
|
|
|
|
Building Vocal Mands and Tacts for Pre-Speakers: Existing Tactics from Verbal Behavior |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Vinings |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Susan Mariano-Lapidus (Columbia University) |
Abstract: Four experiments examining effects of tactics to establish echoic, mand, and tact behavior for pre-speakers diagnosed with developmental disabilities are presented. Experiments 1 and 2 present research applications of rapid motor imitation to induce echoic behavior with mand and tact functions for elementary school children with autism. Experiment 3 presents research applications of auditory match-to-sample to establish echoic behavior with mand and tact functions for school-age children with communication delays. Experiment 4 presents research applications of stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures to teach echoic behavior with mand functions to preschool children with autism. Results of each investigation show that the tactics resulted in establishing echoic, mand, and tact behavior for most participants. Limitations, applicability, and future studies for each tactic are discussed. |
|
Effects of Rapid Motor Imitation and Verbal Function Training on Acquisition of Echoic Behavior for Young Children with Autism. |
DENISE E. ROSS (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: Two experiments examining effects of a rapid motor imitation antecedent paired with verbal behavior training on acquisition of echoic behavior, mands, and tacts are presented. The first experiment demonstrated the effectiveness of a faded motor imitation antecedent on induction of echoic and independent mands for five pre-speakers with autism. The second experiment systematically replicated the faded motor imitation antecedent with mands and tacts for three pre-speakers with autism. Interobserver agreement was 90%-100%. Results of both experiments show that fading the rapid motor imitation tactic produced echoic and independent vocal verbal for all participants. |
|
Effects of Rapid Motor Imitation with and without Verbal Function Training on Early Vocal Verbal Behavior. |
DENISE E. ROSS (Columbia University Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: This study tested for the relative effectiveness of the mand and rapid motor imitation components on acquisition of echoic behavior for pre-speakers with autism. The procedure was a systematic replication of the rapid motor imitation and verbal function training tactic, but the echoic was omitted to test the effective component of the procedure – rapid motor imitation and echoic training without verbal function or the combination of rapid motor imitation and verbal function (mand or tact) training. Baseline data showed that all participants infrequently emitted echoic mands and tacts before treatment. In an alternating treatment design, the intervention consisted of presenting participants with rapid motor imitation and verbal function training, and alternately presenting rapid motor imitation with echoic (non-verbal function) training. Following mastery under each condition, baseline probes were conducted again. The results are discussed in regards to the effectiveness of the rapid motor imitation procedure on the acquisition of vocal speech. |
|
Effects of Auditory Word Match-to-Sample on Echoic Repertoire of Students with Language Delays. |
JENNIFER LONGANO (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: This study tested effects of an auditory word match-to-sample procedure on echoic repertoires of two school-age children with language delays. The dependent variable was topographically accurate (exact) echoic responses emitted under mand and tact conditions, which both participants emitted infrequently during baseline. During treatment, the auditory word match-to-sample procedure was used to teach participants to discriminate between various sounds and words under increasingly difficult conditions. Probes conducted after each condition showed a significant increase in topographically accurate echoic responding under mand conditions (99% interobserver agreement). |
|
Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing and the Acquisition of Echoic Repertoires. |
KENYA CLAY (Columbia University) |
Abstract: Research suggests that stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures condition vocal sounds by pairing specific sounds with a reinforcing event to evoke vocal verbal behavior. In the current paper, research applications of the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure are reviewed. Results show that the procedure effectively produces echoic responses for pre-speakers. Findings of research applications are discussed in terms of limitations and future studies. |
|
|
|
|
Can Surveys Predict Behavior? |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Spring |
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Chris S. Dula (East Tennessee State University) |
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: This symposium explores the ability of several diverse surveys to predict behavior.
Although much survey research purports to predict behavior, much of it relies on participants’ self-reports and/or behavioral intentions. In contrast, each of the three studies presented here examines survey data as it relates to direct behavioral outcomes. The first paper examines the behavioral predictability of an intervention that measures the five most popular personality traits in contemporary psychology: openness, conscientiousness, extraversion/introversion, agreeableness/sociability, and emotionality. In the second paper, the connection between decision-making behavior and the construct of psychological entitlement is examined in both a laboratory and real-world setting. For the third presentation, the ability to predict alcohol consumption by college students using measures of social anxiety, alcohol expectancies, and self efficacy to refuse a drink will be discussed. E. Scott Geller will discuss the practical significance of the results with regard to applied behavior analysis and intervention design. He will attempt to make a case for “humanistic behaviorism,” and explain how valid surveys can c0ontribute to this approach to behavior-based intervention. |
|
Can the “Big 5” Personality Traits Predict Behavior of College Students? |
PHILIP K. LEHMAN (Virginia Tech), Aaron Vollmer (Virginia Tech), Elise A. Drake (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Many personality theorists contend there are five traits which account for the most critical individual differences in personality: (a) openness to experience, (b) conscientiousness, (c) extraversion/introversion, (d) agreeableness/sociability, and (e) emotionality. Ostensibly, these traits influence behaviors, but research examining the relationship between personality measures usually relies on self-reported behavior. To address this weakness, we administered an inventory measuring each of the Big 5 personality traits to two large introductory psychology classes (n = 840). Over the course of the semester, analyses explored relationships between the five traits and behaviors. Preliminary analyses revealed a small, but significant relationship between openness to experience and test performance (r = .18, p < .01), and an expected relationship between emotionality and the time in which students completed and turned in an exam. Those who turned in the exam with less than five minutes remaining in the class were significantly higher in emotionality than other students (F = 6.35, p < .05). Additional analyses will examine the predictive validity of the survey regarding other course-related behaviors, including class attendance, completion of extra-credit, and final course grades. Practical significance of the results will be discussed, with a behavioral perspective on “personality”. |
|
Exploring the Relationship Between Psychological Entitlement and Behavior. |
CHRISTOPHER DOWNING (Virginia Tech), Catherine C. Eckel (Virginia Tech), Philip K. Lehman (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Psychological Entitlement is a stable and pervasive perception that one deserves more positive consequences than others. This personality characteristic has been linked to various personality traits and hypothetical situations. It has also been associated with specific behaviors. The current studies explored the predictive ability of the Psychological Entitlement Scale to forecast behaviors in laboratory and real world settings. In the first study, participants made decisions about the distribution of money. More specifically, the participants were randomly assigned the role of the “giver” or the “taker”. The giver was asked to allocate money to either themselves or an unknown taker, while the taker was asked to of predict how much money they thought they would receive from the giver. As hypothesized, the results showed that high entitled givers kept significantly more money than did givers low in entitlement. In addition, the takers’ high entitlement predicted the giver would keep more money. The second study examined whether the entitlement scale would predict students’ requests for extra credit in an introductory psychology class. The students in two classes (n = 840) took the psychological entitlement scale and subsequently their email requests for extra credit will be tracked throughout the semester. |
|
Social Anxiety, Alcohol Expectancies, and Self-Efficacy as Predictors of Alcohol Consumption at Fraternity Parties. |
IAN J. EHRHART (Virginia Tech), Kent E. Glindemann (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Wechsler and colleagues (2000) reported that 44% of college students in 1999 were classified as binge drinkers (defined as consuming five or more alcoholic drinks in a sitting for men and four or more drinks in a sitting for women), with 24% classified as frequent binge drinkers. This paper explores one possible reason for elevated alcohol consumption within this population. Specifically, feelings of insecurity/anxiety in social situations (i.e., social anxiety), like a fraternity party, activate expectancies that alcohol can ameliorate these symptoms, increasing alcohol consumption. This relationship may be further moderated by one’s perceived self-efficacy to refuse a drink. Data were collected at seven fraternity parties, with 89 participants completing survey assessments and having their blood alcohol concentration (BAC) assessed at the end of the party. The dependent variable was BAC, the direct outcome of drinking behavior. Using stepwise multiple regression, it was found that, among a group of high socially anxious participants (n = 26), social anxiety level (Step 1) and alcohol expectancies (Step 2) accounted for 76.0% of the variance in BAC. This presentation will explore how the personality assessment results of this research could inform the design of interventions to reduce alcohol consumption among college students. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - CAPSIzing Higher Education: PSI on the Internet in Canada and the United States |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Auburn |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert W. Allan (Lafayette College) |
Abstract: The computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) is based on Keller’s PSI program of learning. The use of small units of study, generative short essay-type answer to guided study questions, in-class peer reviewing, mentoring, and self-paced study are hallmarks of a rich PSI program. Previous research has indicated that despite criticisms about the text-based aspect of PSI, that higher order thinking can be achieved using CAPSI. Recent advances in programming and availability through the internet have made CAPSI available to a wider audience of educators. This symposium will address student and instructor behavioral changes in terms of positive and negative reinforcement, feedback, and other principles and procedures. In general, it is suggested that by using behavioral principles judiciously in adopting CAPSI that students at all levels can and will engage in appropriate behavior, including that which we term “higher order thinking”, self-pacing, and other student engagement activities that are related to better learning outcomes. Also, the mastery-based generative answers in CAPSI seem to lead to better performance when compared with a multiple choice format. Finally, student feedback on the CAPSI teaching method will be discussed by several presenters, and the lessons learned from introducing this program into a novel environment. |
|
Critical Thinking Development in a CAPSI Taught First Year University Course. |
LOUIS SVENNINGSEN (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: CAPSI (Computer Assisted personalized System of Instruction) is a learning method that helps develop student’s critical thinking through a first year Introduction to University distance education designed course. This approach moves the responsibilities and activities to the student with the instructor being a facilitator of knowledge development; exploring with students, difficult concepts, or concerns throughout the course. A unique aspect of this design is that students peer review test answers of fellow students, make critical comments on other students’ answers, and decide whether to issue a pass or re-study. As a result, students develop greater involvement in the course material, involvement with the instructor, and fellow students. To assess changes in critical thinking the CAPSI course delivery has been compared to an in-class, lecture style delivery of the same Introduction to University course. To help gauge differences in critical thinking between the two styles of delivery a pre and post critical thinking assessment has been done with the students. The results of these assessments and a discussion of the course design will be discussed. |
|
Using WebCAPSI to Teach Graduate Courses. |
JOSEPH J. PEAR (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: WebCAPSI was used as one component of the teaching method in three graduate courses: statistical regression, history and systems of psychology, and verbal behavior. Other course components included working in groups to solve problems or present reports, class discussions, and brief lectures. As might be expected, graduate students wrote more extensive essay answers and gave richer feedback and more resudies than undergraduate students tend to do. The graduate students also rated WebCAPSI highly on a course evaluation. Description of the teaching method, course evaluation data, and examples of students answers' and peer feedback given by students are presented. Recommendations for using the system effectively with graduate students, and pitfalls to avoid, are discussed. |
|
Lessons Learned: Introducing CAPSI in Psychology Courses at Delta State University. |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Delta State University), Jessica M. Honeycutt (Delta State University), Heidi L. Eyre (Delta State University), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: During Spring 2005, CAPSI became available for the first time through the internet. CAPSI was adopted for use in two upper-level psychology courses at Delta State University: a sophomore-level research methods course and a senior-level applied behavior analysis course. Using small units of study and peer review in a mastery-based system, students provide short answer essay-type responses to randomly selected unit test questions. Initial reaction to the program was positive; however, as the term progressed, student interest appeared to decrease as the number of restudies increased. This presentation will discuss behaviourally-based teaching strategies for increasing student writing, including feedback, bonus points for unit test completion, and other strategies currently employed in the firth author’s other undergraduate courses. Students' responses to questions about CAPSI, their overall persistence in the system, development of academically-appropriate textual responses, higher order thinking, and adoption of alternative assessment of mastery criteria will be discussed in terms of student success and ongoing research using CAPSI at Delta State. |
|
Student Response Rate and Persistence in a CAPSI-taught Developmental Psychology Course. |
HEIDI L. EYRE (Delta State University), Heather Muller Peacock (Delta State University), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Delta State University), Jennifer L. Klein (New England Center for Children), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Two sections of Developmental Psychology are compared in terms of student response rate and persistence in mastering tests. Both sections were seminar-formatted and used the same course manual that consisted of small units of material with study questions that formed the pool of questions for the short-answer exams. One section was taught using CAPSI, meaning that students completed self-paced, mastery-based, short-answer unit tests and had the opportunity to peer review other students’ unit tests. The second section used WebCT and took instructor-paced multiple-choice unit tests that were marked by the computer (students were allowed three attempts and their highest score was recorded). Results indicated that students enrolled in the CAPSI-taught course had a higher rate of responding in terms of attempting and completing unit tests and interacting with the computer system, as well as a higher level of persistence in mastering tests. Discussion will focus on students’ verbal reports about using CAPSI or WebCT and why students enrolled in the CAPSI-taught course had a higher response rate. |
|
|
|
|
Celeration and Frequency |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Dunwoody |
Area: TPC |
Chair: John W. Eshleman (Optimal Instructional Systems) |
|
Standard Measurement as a Precursor to a Science of Human Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
CLAY M. STARLIN (University of Oregon) |
|
Abstract: One of the hallmarks of science is standardization of measurement units, procedures and display systems. It is evident from strolling through the ABA poster sessions that measurement standardization is not currently part of the “science” of human behavior. If we wish to develop into a true science we must address the issue of standardization in measurement. This session will build the case that the Standard Celeration technology (aka Precision Teaching) has appropriately addressed the need for measurement standardization. The session is designed to provide the skeptic and the unfamiliar with a user friendly scientific rationale for the use of the Standard Celeration technology. |
|
Behavior Change and Celeration Comparison: Considering Advanced Charting Techniques |
Domain: Theory |
JOHN W. ESHLEMAN (Optimal Instructional Systems) |
|
Abstract: Even a cursory review of the published precision teaching literature reveals that researchers and teachers rarely make use of the advanced charting techniques covered in the later chapters of the Handbook of the Standard Celeration Chart (Pennypacker, Gutierrez, & Lindsley, 2003). As a result, most users and their readers miss out on some of the most powerful analytic features of the standard celeration chart. Moreover, an incomplete representation of Precision Teaching results. These analytic techniques, central to what truly sets the chart apart from various "rate" graphs and other displays of behavior change over time, include (1) projecting celeration lines, (2) comparing concurrent celerations, (3) comparing consecutive celerations, and (4) precisely describing the effects of behavior change procedures using the Accuracy Improvement Measure (AIM). This presentation will (a) document the historical usage of these techniques on yearly standard celeration charts, and (b) illustrate these advanced charting methods with databased examples. The objective is both to clarify and to encourage greater use of these rarely used but highly powerful charting features. The presentation will also cover how we can increase the frequency of the use of these advanced techniques with the goal to advance the measurement practices of behavior analysis. |
|
Some Discoveries in Designing Research for Frequency of Practice |
Domain: Theory |
ELIZABETH A. SWATSKY (Ann Arbor Public Schools) |
|
Abstract: A research project was completed looking at the effects of frequency of response on retention. An adapted version alternating treatments design was implemented. Interesting discoveries will be discussed to help guide future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Kennesaw |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Karen H. Griffee (Concord University) |
|
No Objective Observers Here: Therapy Interpretations as Contingency-Shaped Behavior |
Domain: Theory |
KAREN H. GRIFFEE (Concord University) |
|
Abstract: Psychologists doing clinical work are understandably interested in identifying the factors which best predict and allow for positive therapy outcomes. The adequacy of clinical training is one “therapist” factor contributing to therapeutic change. It can be argued that good clinical training is an essential context for effective “rule-governed” therapeutic behavior. However, relatively little attention has been paid to the therapist’s behavior as shaped directly by the client during the process of therapy. These therapist behaviors might be understood as “contingency-shaped” behaviors. Process-oriented therapies involve attending to and effectively describing (“interpreting”)the contingencies which seem to determine the client’s behavior, as these contingencies unfold in the therapy room. Although clinical training and other sources of “rule-governed” therapeutic responses are important, sensitivity to the contingencies provided directly by the client is critical in process-oriented work. It is suggested that a process-oriented, or contingency-shaped, orientation to clinical behavior analysis is 1)useful, 2)consistent with a behavior-analytic philosophy of science, and 3)compatible with many other behavior-analytic approaches, including those described in the literature on “acceptance and commitment”. Rather than focus on interpretation of client behaviors, a goal of this paper is to “interpret” the contingencies surrounding effective therapy behaviors. In particular, this paper considers some specific kinds of client-controlled contingencies that may directly shape effective therapeutic responses. |
|
The Role of Values Work in ACT Applications |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNE DAHL (University of Uppsala, Sweden) |
|
Abstract: We have used “values” as the context for treatment in the areas of chronic illness such as epilepsy, chronic pain, diabetes, obesity, and headache. Identified valued life directions serves as an internal compass from which the client can gage his or her steps in life. We have developed the “Life Compass” as way of helping the client to determine his/her valued directions. In this procedure, the client learns to distinguish between goals and values. Another aim of the life compass procedure is to help the client see the discrepancy between the valued life as he or she would like it to be and how it actually is. Simple behavior change is not difficult to obtain, the difficulty with most treatment is maintaining the behavior change. Using values as the context of the behavior change insures that any change of behavior coincides with the client’s deeply held values. This two-step process is likely to lead to long-term behavior changes. In the areas of chronic illness, the values are identified in the first session are the constant reference from which all work is done. This presentation will demonstrate how values can be used in a variety of treatment protocols in this way. |
|
Practical Single-Subject Evaluation Designs for Practitioners |
Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University) |
|
Abstract: Practitioners' usage of single-subject evaluation designs may be limited by requirements of collecting lengthy baseline phases, postponing treatment, withdrawing treatment, or administering treatment across multiple baselines. This presentation reviews relatively practical designs for practitioners that omit these requirements, including the Pretest-Posttest and the Periodic Treatments, the BC and BCD, the aggregated AB and the aggregated randomized AB, the short reversal, the short multiple baseline, and the short alternating treatments. Strengths and weakness of these designs, plus ways of combining practical designs with design components to obtain more definitive findings are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions of Behavioral Pharmacology/Toxicology to the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: III |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Piedmont |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Steven I. Dworkin (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Discussant: Steven I. Dworkin (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Steven I. Dworkin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This is the third symposium in the continuing series of presentations outlining the contributions of research in behavioral pharmacology to the experimental analysis of behavior. Although the contributions of EAB to BPH are easily identified, the advancements made in the other direction are not as readily apparent. This symposium will highlight significant contributions of BPH to EAB. |
|
Using Poisons to Probe Behavior - and Vice Versa. |
ROBERT C. MACPHAIL (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill) |
Abstract: A central concept that emerged early in behavioral pharmacology was that of drug-behavior interactions. By this principle, the behavioral effect of a drug depended on the compound and its dose - but also on the conditions maintaining the behavior under investigation. The concept has had broad applicability in neurobiology and to a lesser degree in toxicology. Studies will be reviewed, however, supporting the conclusion that the effects of many toxic environmental pollutants (pesticides, metals and toxins) also display drug-behavior interactions. |
|
Translating the Contributions of Behavioral Pharmacology/Toxicology to Human Health Issues. |
JOHN R. GLOWA (National Institutes of Health) |
Abstract: n/a |
|
A Look Back Towards the Future. |
VICTOR G. LATIES (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Abstract: n/a |
|
|
|
|
Data Analysis, Research Quality, and Effective Interventions |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
University |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University) |
|
A Survey of Grapical Usage in Special Education Journals |
Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (Pennsylvania State University), Douglas E. Kostewicz (Pennsylvania State University), Shawn Datchuck (Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University) |
|
Abstract: Studies have shown that journals in the natural sciences use more statistical graphics than journals found in the social sciences. The rated hardness of a journal corresponds with the measure of fractional graph area (FGA) whereas the inverse holds true for fractional table area (FTA). This study surveyed over 30 different journals in special education. We inspected all of the issues in four volumes, each spread 5 years apart, for all of the journals and ended up surveying over 500 issues. We discuss the results of the FGA, FTA, and other uses related to our survey of graphical usage in special education journals. |
|
Behavioral Assessment: Evaluating Discrepancies in Your Data |
Domain: Applied Research |
KIM KILLU (University of Michigan, Dearborn), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University) |
|
Abstract: A basic component of behavior analysis involves the collection of quantitative data used to determine program needs and make modifications based on the interpretation of evidence. The data obtained maybe derived from a variety of sources and the results may be in direct conflict with one another for a number of reasons. The variance obtained when collecting large amounts of data can interfere with the data's interpretation and evaluation. Such variance in data, however, is inevitable and simply an inherent characteristic of organisms and environments. Rather than viewing variability and discrepancies as a hindrance to program development, they should be embraced as an expected occurrence and a source for further investigation. This paper will examine common discrepancies in data, the reasons for variance in data, and provide recommendations for integrating data discrepancies with intervention planning. |
|
Lies, Damned Lies and Educational Research: Why We Need a Journal of Misrepresentations and Failed Instructional Methods |
Domain: Applied Research |
ROGER FRANK BASS (Carthage College) |
|
Abstract: Education's instructional fads have so predictably cycled through our classrooms that the history of education is largely a thesaurus of failed teaching techniques. One reason that for that lamentable state of affairs is the hyper-marketing of low quality research. Some current examples from studies of reading instruction will be provided as will an outline of the much less developed movement to exert counter-control over such publications. This critique goes beyond academic interest to illustrate how invalid research influenced state and federal decisions involving millions of dollars. |
|
|
|
|
|
Driving Behaviors |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Manila |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marisa Snow (Florida State University) |
Discussant: Ryan B. Olson (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Applied and experimental studies have demonstrated both diminished driving ability due to cellular phone usage and increased risk for injury or death when not wearing a seatbelt. The present studies provide further study in the area of driving-related safety behaviors. |
|
Seatbelt and Cellular Phone Usage by Automobile Drivers: A Descriptive Analysis. |
MARCO D. TOMASI (Florida State University), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University) |
Abstract: Over four thousand drivers were observed while stopped at traffic lights along a set route in a Southeastern city in this two phase study. During both phases, observations were conducted by research teams driving a 6.9 mile route during peak evening traffic hours. At stoplights the research teams observed the drivers directly to their right. In the first phase of the study seatbelt usage was evaluated before, during, and after the national Click-It-Or-Ticket campaign. The second phase of the study focused on the seatbelt and cellular phone usage of drivers. Researchers collected data on seatbelt and cellular phone usage, gender of the driver, type of vehicle, vehicle color, and weather conditions. Observations were collected over an eight month period to evaluate any possible effects due to changes in student populations. The data were then analyzed to investigate gender differences and differences in vehicle type in relation to the target behaviors. |
|
Increasing Seat Belt Use at an Apartment Complex. |
WILLIAM C. VOSS (Florida State University), Nadia E. Raed (Florida State University), Jennifer Rava-Wooten (Florida State University) |
Abstract: The Engerman, Austin, and Bailey (1997) article attempted to assess the effectiveness of verbal prompts used at a supermarket to increase the use of seat belts. The current study tried to assess the effectiveness of visual prompt on seat belt use. The lack of a seat belt has been show to be a major factor in death and serious injury in automobile accidents. The average baseline data taken on seat belt usage at the apartment complex was at about 30 percent on average. The current study used a visual prompt, a sign, in an apartment complex in an attempt to assess the effectiveness of signs posted in the natural environment on seat belt usage. Observers will watch driver behavior to record if a seat belt is used from an unobtrusive location. The sign will then be removed for a return to baseline. The sign will be posted after data stabilizes again. The sign will be removed once more for a third baseline before a new condition is conducted; an official government is sign is placed where the sign was most effective. The study is still being conducted. The current condition is a return to baseline. The average seatbelt usage went from 33% during the first baseline, to 56.4% during the first treatment phase, and 22% during the return to baseline. |
|
The Effects of a Variable and Fixed Seatbelt-Gear Delay on Seatbelt Use of 120 Drivers. |
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University), J. E. Louis Malenfant (Centre for Education and Research in Safety) |
Abstract: Van Houten, Malenfant, Austin and Lebbon (2005) found that a seatbelt-gearshift delay that required unbelted drivers to either buckle their seatbelt or wait a specified duration before they could put their vehicle in gear increased seatbelt use in five drivers, and that the duration of the delay that produced relatively consistent seat belt use varied across drivers from 5 to 20 s. In a follow-up study is currently underway with 120 drivers in the U.S. and Canada. This study compares variable interval and fixed interval delays of 8 and 16 s. using a multiple baseline counterbalanced design. The improved device monitors driver seatbelt use and only introduces the delay when a pattern of low use is detected. Once the program is activated the driver can only earn their way off the program by demonstrating consistent seatbelt use. This research is being supported by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada. |
|
|
|
|
Feeding the Word Machine: Factors that Influence Relational Responding |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Baker |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Amanda C. Adcock (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Facilitated acquisition of novel members into equivalence classes is an understudied area in the field of relational conditioning. It is assumed that salience of the stimuli affect the formation of classes of stimuli. Four studies designed to directly study this phenomenon will be discussed. Data will be presented from these four studies demonstrating various factors that influence the formation of equivalence classes. |
|
Reptiles & Relations: The Influence of Aversive Functions. |
CHAD DRAKE (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Some previous research (Plaud, 1993; Plaud, et. al, 1998) has indicated that participants demonstrate inhibited acquisition of derived relations among fear-relevant stimuli. Such findings conflict with other studies (Wilson, unpublished; Merwin & Wilson, 2005), which found facilitated acquisition among self-relevant and distress-relevant stimuli. The current study examined this apparent contradiction in findings. The results suggest that both outcomes can be accounted for by differences in the pre-existing functions of the class members. These findings can be integrated by referring to the psychological flexibility of fear-relevant stimuli. |
|
Academic Cues Run Rampant: The Role of Relational Responding in Academic Distress. |
BRITTANY A. HAMMER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Amanda C. Adcock (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jaime M. Owens (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Leslie Anne Kuhn (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Chad Drake (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The problem of attrition on college campuses is rampant; almost half of students enrolling in college courses will not complete a degree. It has been reported that college students that report higher distress are generally those performing poorly academically. This study examines the relationship between academic performance and distress, as well as examines the ability of students to derive relations among academic distress relevant stimuli as compared to controls. Data will be presented from a college sample that completed a matching-to-sample procedure designed to train conditional discriminations among stimuli A and B, and A and C, and subsequently test for bi-directional derived relations between B and C, where A and C are arbitrary line drawings and B is either academically relevant words, color words or shape words. |
|
Personal Content: Friend or Foe? |
AMANDA C. ADCOCK (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: An idiographic assessment of the effects of personal and emotional content on relational responding was conducted. Data will be presented from a matching-to-sample procedure designed to evaluate the acquisition of novel arbitrary members to personally relevant stimulus classes as compared to emotional stimulus classes and a neutral control class. Participants reporting high and low levels of distress as measured by the Outcome Questionnaire participated in an interview to determine the personally relevant stimulus used in the procedure. |
|
Jumping into Joy or Diving into Depression: The Role of Emotion in Relational Responding. |
CHRISTINE A. CONELEA (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Amanda C. Adcock (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Katie Gilbart (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Laura Biwer (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: No research in the area of derived relational responding has compared the acquisition of novel members to stimulus classes containing positive or negative emotion words. The purpose of the present study was to determine if there are different acquisition rates for arbitrary members to emotion word equivalence classes. The matching-to-sample procedure trained conditional discriminations between A and B and A and C, and subsequently tested for bidirectional relations between B and C, where A and C are arbitrary stimuli and B is either a positive, negative, or neutral emotion word. Participant responses in the testing phases of the matching-to-sample procedure will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Further Evaluation of Indirect and Direct Methods of Functional Assessment |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Centennial Ballroom IV |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Practitioners interested in conduting a pre-intervention functional assessment are faced with the daunting challenge of identifying a method that will be useful in a given setting and with a given population. The difficulty they are faced with has only increased in recent years as the number of functional assessment methods available in journals and on the world wide web has exploded. In this symposium we explore questions related to reliability, validity, and treatment utility of indirect and direct methods of functional assessment. |
|
Current Status of Validity Data for the QABF (Questions About Behavioral Function). |
THEODOSIA R. PACLAWSKYJ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Johnny L. Matson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ruth M. DeBar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mary-Claire Brett (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A persistent challenge for clinicians in applied settings who work with individuals with developmental disabilities and maladaptive behaviors is to reconcile the need for efficacious assessment and treatment development with the knowledge that functional assessment questionnaires are not guaranteed to produce an accurate or valid outcome. Most ABA practitioners are aware of the fact that functional analyses conducted via analog sessions demonstrate the greatest validity and experimental control. However, in too many cases clinicians lack the resources necessary to conduct such analyses, whether due to time, personnel, or workload factors. Therefore, further efforts at validation of a functional assessment checklist remain critical. In the current paper, we present the comparison data between the outcomes of the QABF and functional analysis sessions and compare these outcomes to treatment data. Patient data for 90 cases in which a function-based treatment was successfully implemented were reviewed retrospectively. Agreement between the QABF and functional analysis outcome was modest (mean across subscales=64%). Results are discussed in terms of identifying the limiting conditions for use of the QABF in clinical settings. |
|
Agreement between Teachers and Students on Function of Student Problem Behavior as Indicated in Brief Functional Behavioral Assessment Interviews. |
KENT MCINTOSH (University of Oregon), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: This paper describes results from a study comparing data obtained from brief functional behavioral assessment interviews. Participants were 50 general and special education students in 4th, 5th and 6th grades with chronic problem behavior and their teachers. Each teacher participated in a brief functional behavioral assessment interview, during which a summary statement (identification of problem behavior, antecedents and function) was generated. Students were then provided with a summary statement with the function information omitted and were asked to provide a function for their problem behavior. Results indicated moderate agreement between sources, with several factors influencing the level of agreement. Such factors will be discussed in relation to increasing the accuracy of functional behavioral assessments completed in regular school settings. |
|
Descriptive and Experimental Analyses of Potential Precursors to Problem Behavior. |
CARRIE S. W. BORRERO (University of Florida & Spectrum Center, Inc.), John C. Borrero (University of the Pacific), Andrew R. Weiher (Spectrum Center, Inc.) |
Abstract: We conducted a descriptive analysis of severe problem behavior for an individual with developmental disabilities in order to identify potential precursors to problem behavior. After identifying potential precursors, we compared the unconditional probability of the precursor to the conditional probability of the precursor given problem behavior. We then conducted functional analyses of both the problem behavior and precursor to determine if both were reinforced by the same events. Results of the descriptive analysis demonstrated that the probability of the precursor was greater given problem behavior than the unconditional probability of the precursor, and suggested that the response may be a precursor to problem behavior. In addition, results of the functional analyses demonstrated that both problem behavior and the precursor were reinforced by access to tangible items and escape from instructional demands. The method may be useful for determining the extent to which one response precedes problem behavior and whether precursors and problem behavior are members of the same (or different) response classes. |
|
Psychometric Properties of the Questions About Behavioral Function Scale in a Pediatric Population. |
KURT A. FREEMAN (Oregon Health Sciences University), Michael Walker (Oregon Health Sciences University), Jeremy Kaufman (Oregon Health Sciences University) |
Abstract: The Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF) scale is a caregiver report form designed to identify behavioral functions of aberrant behavior. Previous research regarding the psychometric properties of this instrument has been conducted with adults, largely in residential settings. Because of this, the goal of the present investigation was to evaluate psychometric properties of the QABF in an outpatient pediatric population. Ninety-one children between the ages of 2 and 18 with developmental delays and aberrant behavior (e.g., physical aggression, self-injury, property destruction) participated. All participants were seen in an outpatient behavioral assessment clinic operated through a medical university hospital. One caregiver (i.e., parent or legal guardian) completed the QABF and Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) focused on one problematic behavior identified in a pre-appointment interview for each child. Results indicate that the QABF exhibited fair to good internal consistency, acceptable inter-subscale correlations, and convergent validity with the MAS. Current results extend the literature on the QABF by demonstrating acceptable psychometric properties with a pediatric population evaluated in an outpatient setting. Available data suggest that the QABF may be a viable functional assessment tool for use in situations in which more experimentally rigorous functional assessment procedures (e.g., analog functional analysis) are not feasible. |
|
|
|
|
Further Refinements of Observation and Measurement Procedures |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Regency VI |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will present four papers describing various refinements in observation and measurement procedures in the field of applied behavior analysis. The first paper, presented by Jeffrey Luke, will present data comparing whole-session means and latency to first response as methods for identifying the function(s) of severe problem behavior. The second paper, delivered by Maeve Meanny, will discuss data comparing partial-interval recording (PIR) and momentary-time sampling (MTS) methods for estimating duration and frequency. She will also present data evaluating how PIR and MTS methods may affect treatment interpretation. The third paper, delivered by Frank Symons, will review the strengths and weaknesses of recent developments in sequential analysis, focusing on issues relevant to contingency analysis in natural environments. Finally, the last paper, presented by Luanne Witherup, will discuss the utility of obtaining behavioral measures of running away for children in foster care. |
|
Utilizing Latency-to-First-Response as a Measure in the Evaluation of Functional Analysis Outcomes. |
JEFFREY R. LUKE (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa), Jayme Mews (University of Iowa), Jason M. Stricker (University of Iowa), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Since the initial application of functional analysis logic to the assessment of severe problem behavior, variations in the methodology have emerged. Typically, such variations have included a change in design or in length of the assessment. In this study, we compared the graphic display of whole-session means and latency to first response as methods for identifying the function(s) of severe problem behavior. Visual inspection of the graphic displays latency to first response resulted in similar conclusions as visual inspection of whole-session mean data. These results will be discussed relative to their implications for session length during analog functional analyses and when such methodology should be employed (e.g., dangerous behavior, etc.). Inter-rater agreement was obtained for at least 30% of the comparisons and was above 90%. |
|
A Comparison of Momentary Time Sampling and Partial Interval Recording Measurement Methods. |
MAEVE G. MEANY-DABOUL (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare partial interval recording (PIR) and momentary time sampling (MTS) methods for estimating duration and frequency, and to evaluate how PIR and MTS methods may affect treatment interpretation. Five individuals with autism, who exhibited problem behavior characterized by different bout durations, participated. Responding was recorded across baseline and treatment conditions using each type of measurement method to determine whether the different methods affected the data record, and thus, data interpretation. Results indicated that MTS was a better estimator of duration than PIR across all bout durations, and that PIR was a better estimator of frequency than MTS across short and medium bout durations. Long bout durations resulted in decreased accuracy of estimates when compared to frequency. Separate graphic displays were then created for each measurement method. A dual-criterion (DC) method was used to analyze each graph for evidence of appropriate phase changes and treatment effects. Visual inspection using the DC method resulted in appropriate phase-change decisions but varied treatment interpretations across measurement methods and bout durations. IOA was collected during 33.8% of sessions and averaged 95%. |
|
Calculating Contingencies in Natural Environments. |
FRANK J. SYMONS (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Ellie C. Hartman (University of Minnesota), John D Hoch (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: In this paper, we rejoin the discussion initiated by Vollmer and Hackenberg (2001) on identifying and estimating reinforcement contingencies in the natural environment. The conceptual and logical basis for inferring a reinforcement effect is revisited. Recent developments in sequential analysis are reviewed along with their strengths and weaknesses. Data from descriptive analyses are used to illustrate points of convergence and divergence. Remaining issues germane to contingency analysis in natural environments are discussed. It is concluded that the conceptual distinctions among contiguity, contingency, and dependency are critical if the logic of sequential analysis is to be extended successfully to a behavior analytic account of reinforcement in natural environments. |
|
Baseline Measurement of Running Away Among Youth in Foster Care. |
LUANNE WITHERUP (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the feasibility and usefulness of obtaining behavioral measures of running away for children in foster care. Participants included 84 runaways residing in one service district of the Florida Department of Children and Families (FDCF). All data were obtained from existing databases managed by FDCF. Seven baseline measures were calculated for each runner including (a) the number of run initiations, (b) the proportion of opportunity days in which the child initiated a run, (c) the number of days the child spent on the run, (d) the proportion of opportunity days that the child spent on the run, (e) the duration of successive run episodes, (f) successive episode inter-response times and (g) successive initiation inter-response times. The first four of these measures were also calculated for various sub-groups of children constructed from the original sample. In addition, an observer-panel evaluation was conducted to identify baselines that would be suitable for research-based treatment evaluations. Results demonstrate the feasibility of obtaining baseline measures of running away, but suggest that such measures may not be suitable for research-based treatment evaluations in many cases. However, results indicate that such treatment evaluations may be possible via an analysis of groups of runners rather than individual subjects. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Conversation Hour with Prominent Women in Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Montreal |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (West Virginia University) |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis) |
FRANCES K. MCSWEENEY (Washington State University) |
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
BETH SULZER-AZAROFF (Browns Group Naples) |
Abstract: Panelists will discuss their experiences in the field and invite questions from attendees. |
|
|
|
|
Promoting Compliance and Decreasing Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Courtland |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Rachel H. Thompson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This series of presentations will explore a number of variables that influence the extent to which behavior is allocated toward compliance with academic tasks and other adult requests rather than less desirable responses (e.g., noncompliance, stereotypy). Collectively, these studies explore the effects of praise, instructions, three-step prompting, differential reinforcement, shaping, and non-contingent reinforcement. These variables were evaluated under both analog experimental conditions and under in more naturalistic settings (e.g., the preschool classroom.). The utility of and limitations associated with each of these strategies will be discussed, and researchers will provide recommendations for practice. |
|
An Evaluation of Strategies for Promoting Desirable Response Allocation Among Toddlers. |
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas), Nicole M. Cotnoir (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Caregivers working with toddlers are challenged with arranging environmental conditions to promote appropriate responses (e.g., compliance) and discourage inappropriate responses (e.g., destructive behavior). This study evaluated the effects of commonly recommended procedures on toddler response allocation, within a concurrent-operants arrangement. Data were collected on the frequency of simple responses (e.g., stacking) under analog conditions. Interobserver agreement was collected during a minimum of 28% of sessions and averaged above 85% across participants. Results showed that, for all participants, praise alone was ineffective in producing desired response allocation. For participant 1, the delivery of an edible combined with descriptive praise was effective. For participant 2, instructions plus general praise plus delivery of an edible was successful. For participants 3 and 4, three-step prompting plus general praise was effective. And for participants 5 and 6, three-step prompting plus general praise plus access to a preferred item was required to produce desired response allocation. Results for participant 6 were replicated under naturalistic conditions in the classroom. These results suggest that, although there is an abundant amount of research demonstrating the effectiveness of praise, it may be insufficient to produce desirable changes in toddler behavior even when combined with explicit instructions. |
|
Evaluation of a Three-step Prompting Procedure to Reduce Noncompliance among Typically Developing Preschool Children. |
DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Julie Atwell (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of a three-step prompting procedure to reduce noncompliance among typically developing preschool children was evaluated. After baseline data on compliance to common demands were collected, a parent, instructional assistant, or graduate research assistant implemented the three-step prompting procedure, which involved the delivery of progressively more intrusive prompts contingent upon noncompliance. The effects of the procedure were examined using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants. The results suggest that the procedure was effective for four of the six children who participated. |
|
An Examination of Percentile Schedules of Reinforcement to Increase Compliance. |
ELIZABETH S. ATHENS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Claire C St. Peter (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Shaping is frequently used to teach new behavioral repertoires as well as to increase the likelihood of engagement in current behavioral repertoires. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a method of quantifying the shaping process in applied settings using percentile schedules. Percentile schedules are used as a mathematical method of quantifying the shaping process in order to limit variation in the shaping procedure between subjects. Despite its successful implementation in basic research, the method has gained little attention in application. In experiment 1 of the current study, percentile schedules were implemented in an elementary school setting with three children as a shaping procedure targeting compliance during various academic tasks. Results showed that percentile schedules were successful at shaping higher levels of compliance. In experiment 2 of the current study, we examined several different parameters for one of the variables in implementing a percentile schedule. The results of these experiments indicate that percentile schedules may be useful in the application of shaping, enabling quantification and objectivity across clients and therapists. |
|
Selective Effects of Noncontingent Access to Reinforcers "Matched" to Problem Behavior on Problem Behavior and Academic Behavior. |
ELIZABETH CHRISTENSEN (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Non-contingent access to sources of reinforcement matched to the putative sensory consequence maintaining automatically reinforced problem behavior has been shown to be an effective treatment. In the present study, a functional analysis indicated that the problem behavior (stereotypy) of two participants diagnosed with autism was automatically maintained. A competing-items assessment showed that non-contingent music suppressed vocal stereotypy in both participants. The effects of non-contingent music on stereotypy and engagement in academic responding in a classroom setting were examined using a multi-element design. The results showed that non-contingent access to reinforcement matched to the hypothesized sensory consequence maintaining problem behavior produced decreases in stereotypy but no decreases in rates of trial completion or accuracy of responding. |
|
|
|
|
Promoting Spontaneous Language Use and Cooperative Play in Young Children with Autism |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Regency V |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Patricia J. Krantz (Princeton Child Development Institute) |
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many children with autism display deficits in the use of spontaneous language and cooperative play. Research recently conducted at Utah State University to address these challenges will be presented in this symposium. Topics will include the use of social scripting and script fading procedures, cooperative activity schedules, and strategies to teach manding for information by contriving motivating operations. |
|
Parents Use of Script Fading Procedures to Teach Conversation to Children with Autism. |
KARA A. REAGON (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Scripts and script fading procedures have been effective strategies to teach children and adolescents with autism conversational language. Audio taped scripts have been used with nonreaders (Stevenson, Krantz, & McClannhan, 2000) and written textual scripts (Krantz & McClannahan, 1993; Krantz & McClannahan, 1998; and Sarokoff, Taylor & Poulson, 2001) have been used with readers. Conversational topics have included initiations and question asking to adults about an upcoming event, initiations to peers and or adults about recently completed activities or upcoming activities, and lastly children have been taught to comment about objects within their environment, such as a snack or video game. Script and script fading procedures have also been implemented to teach youths appropriate conversational skills during simulated shopping trips that were then generalized to local retail stores (Brown, 2003). The purpose of the present study is to extend the use of script and script fading procedures to a home setting by training parents to implement and systematically fade scripts to promote conversational language in young children with autism. Both the parent’s use of script and script fading procedures and children’s use of scripts and unscripted responses will be examined using a multiple-probe design across participants. Generalization across activities will also be assessed. |
|
Teaching Children with Autism to Mand for Information By Contriving Motivating Operations. |
KATIE ENDICOTT (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Although many students with autism have demonstrated the ability to mand for tangible items, they often experience difficulty asking questions. Questions can be categorized as mands for information, as the question is controlled by a motivating operation and the response provided results in specific reinforcement. In the present study, young children with autism were taught to mand for information by contriving motivating operations to make the information more "valuable" and thus making mands for information more likely. Results of the study will be shared and their implications for establishing question asking repertoires in children with autism will be discussed. |
|
Teaching Preschool Aged Children with Autism to Engage in Peer Play Using Group Photographic Activity Schedules and Script Fading Procedures. |
ALISON M. BETZ (Utah State University), Kara A. Reagon (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to increase social engagement and social interaction between two children with autism by using a group activity schedule. Three dyads of preschool aged children with autism were used to assess the effects of using a group photographic activity schedule on children’s social engagement including on-task behavior and percentage of independently completed activities. Scripts and script fading procedures were used to increase social interactions and initiations. A multiple baseline across dyads was used in this study. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - The Effects of Implementing CABAS® Components on the Acquisition of Academic Skills and Verbal Behavior in Three Schools for Children Diagnosed with Autism |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Regency VII |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robin A. Nuzzolo-Gomez (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Discussant: Katherine M. Matthews (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
Abstract: CABAS is a behavioral model of schooling developed by Dr. Greer of Columbia University that draws on a) the other behavioral models of schooling, b) the tactics and strategies from the applied and experimental branches of behavior analysis, c) the epistemology of behavioral selectionism, d) research on the model and its components and, e) demonstration applications to several schools. CABAS components are applied to all the individuals involved in the school community - a) students, b) parents, c) teachers, d) supervisors, e) the university training program - on a system wide basis. These components were applied to three schools for children with autism including the Centro Al-Mudaris in Spain, The Jigsaw School in the UK, and The Faison School for Autism in the United States. The results of the implementation showed increased academic skills and levels of verbal behavior for students. These results are discussed in relation to research found in behavior analysis and suggest effective teaching practices. |
|
The Effects of Implementing CABAS® Components on the Acquisition of Academic Skills and Verbal Behavior in Three Schools for Children Diagnosed with Autism. |
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (Virginia Commonwealth University), Adam S. Warman (Virginia Commonwealth University), Ania Young (Virginia Commonwealth University), Jose Julio Carnerero (Centro Al-Mudaris, Spain), Ana Pastor Sanz (Centro Al-Mudaris, Spain), Emma Hawkins (Jigsaw School) |
Abstract: CABAS is a behavioral model of schooling developed by Dr. Greer of Columbia University that draws on a) the other behavioral models of schooling, b) the tactics and strategies from the applied and experimental branches of behavior analysis, c) the epistemology of behavioral selectionism, d) research on the model and its components and, e) demonstration applications to several schools. CABAS components are applied to all the individuals involved in the school community - a) students, b) parents, c) teachers, d) supervisors, e) the university training program - on a system wide basis. These components were applied to three schools for children with autism including the Centro Al-Mudaris in Spain, The Jigsaw School in the UK, and The Faison School for Autism in the United States. The results of the implementation showed increased academic skills and levels of verbal behavior for students. These results are discussed in relation to research found in behavior analysis and suggest effective teaching practices. |
|
The Effects of Implementing CABAS Components at the Centro Al-Mudaris in Spain. |
JOSE JULIO CARNERERO (Centro Al-Mudaris, Cordoba), Ana Pastor Sanz (Centro Al-Mudaris, Cordoba) |
Abstract: The Centro Al-Mudaris in Spain provides services to students diagnosed with autism, specifically those between the ages of 2 and 6 years old, although the school provides services for children up to age 12 and has a total of 21 students. Centro Al-Mudaris has an intensive teaching program based on the principles of behavior analysis. The curriculum is based on verbal behavior and the research developed by Dr. Greer and applied within CABAS schools. Centro Al-Mudaris has implemented several CABAS components which have resulted in significant improvements for students. |
|
Improving Academic Skills, Verbal Behavior, Social and Play Skills as the Result of Implementing CABAS Components at The Jigsaw School in England. |
EMMA HAWKINS (The Jigsaw CABAS School) |
Abstract: The Jigsaw School opened in September 1999 as a CABAS® component school with six students diagnosed with Autistic Spectrum Disorder. Since June 2003 it has become a certified CABAS® school and now has 27 children on roll across two sites in Mytchett and Guildford in Surrey. The school is registered to take children from 4-12 years old and are working towards opening secondary provision (to take children up to 18 years old). As a result of the CABAS implementation, the students' academic, social, communication, and play skills have improved as demonstrated in PIRK assessments and school-wide data. |
|
|
|
|
The Modification of Direct Instruction For Use with Different Learner Characteristics |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
International Ballroom North |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David M. Corcoran (BEACON Services) |
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, M.S. |
Abstract: Direct Instruction (DI) has been proven to be a very effective instructional program. This symposium will describe extensions of DI to learners with varying characteristics. DI has been used with learners with developmental disabilities, emotional disturbance, and autism. The three presenters will discuss modifications of DI for each of these populations, with sample data showing the continued effectiveness of the DI protocols. |
|
Modification of Direct Instruction Programs for Students with Developmental Disabilities. |
WENDY L. KOZMA (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: This presentation will review Direct Instruction implementation in a residential setting for children and young adults with severe disabilities, emphasizing the instructional modifications required to implement DI with atypical learners. Program emphasis for DD populations has historically focused on the development of self-help and vocational skills. Direct Instruction implementation, including DISTAR Math, Corrective Reading Decoding, and Language for Learning, allows the more traditional academic skills to be incorporated into vocational and self-help domains. Rigorous teacher training and coaching allows for systematic modification of instructional delivery and program materials while maintaining fidelity to scope and sequence and integrity of the overall curriculum. Discussion will include presentation of several case studies and video clips of teachers implementing DI formats utilizing specific modifications. Data supporting the effectiveness of modifications will be presented and a model for ongoing, center-wide coaching and supervision of DI teachers will be suggested. |
|
The Use of Direction Instruction in the Public Schools with Children with Autism. |
ANN FILER (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: This presentation will provide a review of outcome data related to the implementation of two (DI) curriculum components; Language for Learning and Reading Mastery in a population of children with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The relevance for use with individuals with ASD will be demonstrated. Modifications of instruction and strategies to support the implementation of DI with children with ASD will be discussed and highlighted via videotape. The methods and structure of DI incorporate behavioral principles into instruction, including prompt fading, use of multiple exemplars and frequent measurement of efficacy. The instructors will provide in depth review of the types of instructional modifications required to implement DI with atypical learners. These modifications will include the use of token systems, visual schedules, additional visual prompts, presenting tasks in isolation and pre-teaching. These modifications although not specified in traditional DI scripts and trainings will be reviewed. |
|
Accelerating Reading and Writing Skills in Students with Emotional Difficulties Through the Implementation of a Comprehensive Language Arts Program. |
MARY K. LENGEL (Keystone Schools/UHS) |
Abstract: This paper will present evidence of effectiveness of core intervention Direct Instruction programs: Corrective
Reading, Reasoning, and Writing/Expressive Writing Program, and Spelling Mastery/Spelling Through Morphographs, in significnatly accelerating language arts fluency with students diagnosed with Emotional Disturbance. Pre and post test data will be presented; data from periodic fluency measures will also be presented and discussed. Methods for collecting baseline data and post test data will be described. Procedures for obtaining bi-weekly fluency measures will be described and demonstrated and the process for interpreting and disseminating results to classroom teachers will be outlined. Implementations for school-wide academic scheduling, individual student program adjustments, and evidenced-based instructional decision making will also be addressed. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - The Way Forward: Efficient and Effective Teaching and Learning Across the Globe |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Inman |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout) |
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout) |
Abstract: Effective and efficient methods of teaching and learning can have a profound effect on social change. This symposium describes the work that began at Morningside Academy in Seattle, Washington over 25 years ago and its extension via P.E.E.R., Partnerships for Educational Excellence and Research. The power of education in both Native American and South African township communities is emphasized. Successful change depends not only on effective educational methods, but also, on the contributions of each community and their culture. We will discuss our collaborations and outcomes to date, our plans for the future, and the role a Constructional Approach to Social Problems (Goldiamond, 1974) can play in building better futures. |
|
The Role and Responsibility of Behavior Analysts in Creating Large Scale Social Change through Education |
KRISTINE F. MELROE (Morningside Academy), Sonia M. Lewis (Lewis Educational Assessment & Consulting) |
Abstract: The world faces a critical mass of social issues which must be addressed. Whereas applied behavior analysts have made vital contributions to the field of education, it has primarily occurred at the micro level. On the macro level, the institution of education can have a profound effect on social change. The behavior analyst’s understanding of human behavior places us in a unique position to make substantial contributions in creating an array of successful interventions for social change. It is our contention that many of these changes can and will be made through the institution of education. It is also important to examine what other contributions outside the field of behavior analysis have to offer.
By examining a specific unit of society, Pine Ridge Indian Reservation, we can see how the education system has affected social change. This community is the poorest community in the United States, in addition has one of the country's highest dropout rates. This presentation will study the social, political and economic contingencies in effect on the Pine Ridge Indian Reservation and explore how educators who implement the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction can influence the historically ineffective educational system and play a positive role in restoring and maintaining a healthy culture. |
|
Morningside and Active Schools, South Africa: P.E.E.R. Planning |
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy), Bruce Damons (Sapphire Road Primary School), Nomvuyo Dubula (Funimfundo Primary School), Sipho Matyolo (Cebelihle Primary School), Lulama Hopa (Loyiso High School) |
Abstract: P.E.E.R., Partnerships for Educational Excellence and Research, was established to improve the teaching and learning community in several township schools in South Africa. The learners in Port Elizabeth live in communities where there is a 90% unemployment rate. The South African National Department of Health estimates about 5 million, or 1 in 10 South Africans, are now HIV positive. According to the Health Systems Trust, a study completed by the Nelson Mandela Children's Fund has found that AIDS “orphans showed a very strong inclination to want to continue their schooling…" and the orphans themselves identified their priority needs as the most immediate basics: food, clothing and education.”Educators from Port Elizabeth, SA first met in Seattle with educators from the U.S. who are experienced in the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction. We next met in Port Elizabeth. School officials participated in Goldiamond’s (1974) Constructional Interview. Professional development workshops were held in Port Elizabeth based upon consensus gleaned from the Constructional Interviews. Inspired by the Port Elizabeth educators' immediate sharing of this model with their colleagues, we accelerated the implementation. We will discuss our outcomes to date, our plans for the future, and the role a Constructional Approach to Social Problems (Goldiamond, 1974) can play in South Africa and elsewhere. |
|
Morningside and Active Schools, South Africa: P.E.E.R. Implementation |
SEAN ABRAHAMS (Sapphire Road Primary School), Tuleka January (Funimfundo Primary School), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: The vision of the PEER project is best summarized by Sapphire Road Deputy Principal, Sean Abrahams during a speech he gave on South Africa's Social Development Day in November of 2004:"We strive to free the minds of our educators to embrace new methodologies, concepts and ideas. Through Active schools we are in the process of piloting a teacher-training programme with Morningside Academy in the USA that will equip educators from the RSA and the USA to deal with the challenges of education in a changing globe." Allow me to end with this saying from Teilhard de Chardin: 'We are one, after all, you and I. Together we suffer, together exist, and forever will recreate each other.' "This paper will present the performance data gathered in three primary schools in several townships in Port Elizabeth, South Africa during the 2005 school year. Challenges and successes of our partnerships will be detailed. Partnerships include peer-tutoring partners, teachers within single schools, teachers within the Active Schools coalition, partnerships between educators in RSA and the US. The special design of reading and maths instruction designed for Xhosa and Afrikaans speaking learners will also be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Using Multiple Modalities to Enhance Communication in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Chicago A-F |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton) |
Discussant: Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie Lockshin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the defining characteristics of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders is a qualitative impairment in communication. The deficits in communication seen in children range from mutism, impaired use of nonverbal communication, limited ability to initiate or sustain conversational exchanges. These deficits present challenges to parents and educators and they clearly impact upon the social/emotional development of children on the spectrum. The papers included in this symposium will present behavioral interventions that have been developed for the purpose of overcoming problems often encountered when trying to teach language to children on the spectrum. |
|
Nonverbal Communication: Portable Materials that make use of Pictures for Communication Less Cumbersome. |
STEPHANIE LOCKSHIN (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton) |
Abstract: Nonverbal communication has been established as an effective, alternative mode of communication for nonverbal children with autism and pervasive developmental disorder. However, as the children develop the capacity to use multiple pictures to communicate their wants and needs, the use of picture books can be cumbersome and the books may not always be accessible when communication needs arise. The current paper investigates the impact of using a more “user friendly” version of a picture communication system on functional and social usage. |
|
Social Scripting to Increase Communication about Affective States in order to Reduce Maladaptive Behavior in a Classroom Setting. |
ROSE F. EAGLE (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton), Emily Huber Callahan (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton) |
Abstract: The current presentation describes an intervention implemented at the Institute for Child Development focused on providing children with behavioral disorders (including pervasive developmental disorders) tools to increase their ability to communicate about affective states. Teaching children with language delays coping skills presents various challenges, however we have found the use of a variety of visual and written strategies to be helpful. The current paper investigates the effectiveness of using social scripts, symbols, pictures, and other visual cues such as reminder cards on a child’s ability to communicate and regulate affect. |
|
Assessment of Preferred Modalities for Instruction. |
EMILY HUBER CALLAHAN (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton), Sara White (Binghamton University), Latha V. Soorya (Mt. Sinai School of Medicine), Rose F. Eagle (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton) |
Abstract: In young children with limited language abilities, it is often difficult to determine with which language modality instruction should begin: Verbal language? Picture communication? Sign language? The current paper describes an assessment procedure developed at the Institute for Child Development that assists in determining a child’s preferred modality for instruction. Data resulting from the assessment procedure will be presented, as will data related to the external validity of the assessment procedure. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Reaching Out from the Lab: Applications of Research on Derived Relational Responding to Complex Behavior |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Hong Kong |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Simon Dymond (University of Wales, Swansea) |
Abstract: Behaviour analysts have not systematically investigated the topic of motivational influences on the emergence of derived stimulus relations such as equivalence relations. Within the context of a laboratory experiment on equivalence relations, a range of potential motivational operations exist that may exert control over participants' behaviour, such as the task instructions, the status of the experimenter (student or lecturer), and the physical layout of the setting. In this study, we set out to systematically examine the relative contribution of these motivational operations on the emergence of three, three-member equivalence relations. We manipulated task instructions, apparent authority level of the experimenter and presence or absence of an audience. Results indicate that the emergence of equivalence relations is facilitated by procedures that maximise the motivational operations at work during the session. |
|
How to Raise Your Child's I.Q with Relational Frame Theory (and magic): Putting Multiple Exemplar Training to the Test. |
SARAH O'CONNOR (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Denis P. O'Hora (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: The current paper reports on a research program designed to test the utility of multiple exemplar relational training in raising the intellectual abilities of a range of 8 - 12 year old children. Specifically, 8-12 year children were exposed to relational tests for Same/Opposite and More than/Less than responding in order to establish baseline levels of relational skills. They were then exposed to multiple exemplar training on the same relational tests. This served to improve both the accuracy and the fluency of the relational skills by providing feedback and reinforcement on a trial-to-trial basis. Given this training subjects showed modest improvements in similar relational tasks using novel stimulus sets. Changes in I.Q scores are open to interpretation, but results appear to suggest that multiple exemplar training may be of use in interventions for intellectual deficit. |
|
Motivational Influences on the Emergence of Equivalence Relations. |
SIMON DYMOND (University of Wales, Swansea), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Behaviour analysts have not systematically investigated the topic of motivational influences on the emergence of derived stimulus relations such as equivalence relations. Within the context of a laboratory experiment on equivalence relations, a range of potential motivational operations exist that may exert control over participants’ behaviour, such as the task instructions, the status of the experimenter (student or lecturer), and the physical layout of the setting. In this study, we set out to systematically examine the relative contribution of these motivational operations on the emergence of three, three-member equivalence relations. We manipulated task instructions, had both students and academic members of staff conduct sessions, and unobtrusively observed participants via closed circuit cameras. Results indicate that the emergence of equivalence relations is facilitated by procedures that maximise the motivational operations at work during the session. |
|
Playing The Relational Frame Game:An experimental analysis of computer game performance and enjoyment. |
CONOR LINEHAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current research applied a derived relations approach to understanding on-line game-playing. A computer game was designed that required subjects to respond with a mouse-clicking response to earn points upon the presentation of one stimulus (A1) and to produce an avoidance response in response to the presentation of a second stimulus (A2) associated with loss of points. Subjects were exposed to this game following baseline conditional discrimination training for the formation of two five-member equivalence relations; A1-B1-C1-D1-E1 and A2-B2-C2-D2-E2, where the B, C, D and E stimuli were nonsense syllables and the A stimuli were the discriminative stimuli employed in the game. Subjects were then re-exposed to the game with the important difference that only the E stimuli were presented. For some subjects on-line network delays were also simulated in a controlled manner throughout the game in order to assess their impact on game performance and enjoyment. Subjects’ performances in the final game suggest that computer game-playing performance and enjoyment can be understood partly in terms of derived relational responding. |
|
Derived Relations and Cognitive Neuroscience: Bilateral Redundancy Gain in Equivalence Relations. |
EOGHAN J. RYAN (Anglia Ruskin University, Cambridge), Simon Dymond (University of Wales, Swansea), Bettina Mohr (Anglia Ruskin University, Cambridge) |
Abstract: It has been observed that for many cognitive tasks involving complex processing, subject performance is facilitated by presentation of stimuli to both visual fields simultaneously relative to presentation to one or other field individually. This technique can restrict input to either the left or right cerebral hemisphere, through contralateral presentation to a single visual field. With bilateral presentation, both hemispheres may be involved in processing and a pooling of resources may occur. In the case of simple tasks such as identity matching of letters (e.g., ‘A’ with ‘A’), the costs associated with organising and integrating this interaction appear to outweigh the benefits accrued from the gain in processing power. For more complex tasks such as letter name matching (e.g., ‘A’ with ‘a’) the gain in performance outweighs the attendant costs and a performance advantage is seen relative to unilateral presentations. Previous work in which pseudowords were paired with natural language stimuli suggests that this effect is a function of learning histories and not simply a byproduct of simple increased cognitive load. The current paper presents research conducted in this area within a derived relations framework that extends this work to the use of equivalence relations as a cleaner behavioural model of natural language relations. |
|
|
|
|
International SQAB 2006 Tutorial: Neural-Network Modeling in Conditioning Research |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
International Ballroom South |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jeffrey L. Elman (University of California, San Diego) |
Presenting Authors: : JOSE E. BURGOS (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e I) |
Abstract: This tutorial is a primer to neural-network modeling in conditioning research. After a brief historical introduction to this kind of modeling and philosophical disquisition on model plausibility in empirical science, the elementary concepts of neural processing element, connection, activation function, and learning function, are presented. Emphasis is made on the concept of a neural network as a set of (inter)connected realizations of a neurocomputational model. Then three well-known models (McCulloch-Pitts, perceptron,and backpropagation) are reviewed and judged as neuro-behaviorally too implausible. The model proposed by Donahoe, Burgos, and Palmer (1993; JEAB, 60, 17-40) is presented as a more plausible (albeit admittedly incomplete) alternative. Its behavioral plausibility is exemplified through simulations that have implications for persistent conceptual issues in behavior science, such as the operant-respondent dichotomy. To show its heuristic value, two novel predictions for Pavlovian conditioning are discussed. |
|
JOSE E. BURGOS (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e I) |
Dr. José E. Burgos holds a License in Psychology (Universidad Católica Andrés Bello, Caracas, 1983), an M.S. in Experimental Analysis of Behavior (Universidad Central de Venezuela, Caracas, 1989), and a Ph.D. in Neuroscience and Behavior (University of Massachussetts/Amherst, 1996, under the advisement of Dr. John W. Donahoe). During his undergraduate studies he discovered Skinner and became a Skinnerian bulldog (much to the detriment of his social relationships with his peers). His undergraduate thesis was on the effects of cyclic AMP injected to the nucleus accumbens on FR and FI performance in rats. His Master’s thesis was on autoshaping and automaintenance in pigeons. His current scientific work sprung from his doctoral dissertation, a massive set of computer simulations of the phylogeny of Pavlovian conditioning. He has published numerous scientific papers on computer simulations of conditioning phenomena using a neural-network model devised with Dr. John W. Donahoe and Dr. David C. Palmer. He has also published papers on the metaphysics of behavior and neurobehavioral epistemology of neurobehavioral science. He also is interested in human behavior and has started a research line on counterfactual thinking. Currently he is Full Professor and Researcher at the Center for Behavioral Studies and Research at the University of Guadalajara, member of the Board of Editors of Behavior and Philosophy, and Editor of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis. His hobbies include playing classical guitar, listening to classical music, reading fiction, going to the movies, and playing computer games. He lives in Guadalajara with his lovely wife Rocío (no pets and no kids ... yet). |
|
|
|
|
Teaching the Principal the Principles: The Role of ABA in Public Schools |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Centennial Ballroom II |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
Dr. Ilene S. Schwartz earned her Ph.D. in child and developmental psychology at the University of Kansas. She has an extensive background working with young children with special needs, specifically with young children with autism and other severe disabilities. Currently, Dr. Schwartz is the faculty advisor of the integrated preschool and kindergarten programs at the Experimental Education Unit at UW. Dr. Schwartz maintains an active line of research and personnel preparation activities. She is the Principal Investigator of the PDA Center, an OSEP funded national training program on autism and of a model demonstration project to develop school-based services for young children with autism, a research project to assess the differential effectiveness of preschool programs for young children with autism, and of a personnel preparation to prepare early childhood teachers who work with children with severe disabilities in inclusive settings.. Dr. Schwartz has published numerous chapters and articles about early childhood special education and social validity. She was recently appointed to the Governor's Commission on Autism in Washington State. |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to describe the role of behavior analysts in preparing educators to work with children with and without disabilities. Although much of the work of applied behavior analysts deals with the school age population, as a field we are often absent from debates about school reform and teacher education. During this presentation we will make the case forwhy it is important to increase our presence in these forums and suggest strategies to talk about behavior principles in a manner that is acceptable to our colleagues in public schools and colleges of education. |
|
|
|
|
Performance Catalyst® across Multiple Industries |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
Cairo |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ned Morse (Continuous Learning Group) |
Discussant: Ned Morse (Continuous Learning Group) |
Abstract: Performance Catalyst® has become CLG's flagship offer to clients of multiple industries. Based on CLG's 14 years of experience working with a variety of industries and business issues, Performance Catalyst has become a core methodology for aligning key stakeholders towards optimizing bottom line results. Presented will be three examples of how Performance Catalyst was implemented to meet the client's business needs towards achieving bottom line results, and key learning’s for the OBM community. |
|
Safety and Reliability in Your Pocket. |
KELLY L. THERRIEN (Continuous Learning Group), Galen Reese (Continuous Learning Group) |
Abstract: When a merger of major oil companies combined two competing, neighboring refineries in the Far East, the new management teamwas tasked with realizing $200 million in “synergy savings” within a few years. CLG was called in to help the company to reach its goal. The company was able to increase safe behavior and maintenance of machinery by employees Sustaining Zero Incidents over time. This project employed personal scorecards with a pocket tracker for employees to carry with them. The focus was to improve operation performance on five Critical Success Factors (CSFs): Safety, Reliability, People, Expense Reduction, and Gross Margin. The methodology and results will be introduced. |
|
A Systematic Approach to Improving Call Center Results. |
MANUEL A. RODRIGUEZ (Continuous Learning Group), Brian L. Cole (Continuous Learning Group) |
Abstract: In 2002, the service operations of a fortune 100 company in the healthcare insurance field faced what they called a “Perfect Storm” of challenges that resulted in a mounting backlog in claims processing triggering overwhelming call volumes in the service call centers. Morale suffered and turnover increased. A new VP of Service Operations was appointed and faced this conundrum. He was instructed to make Service Ops a clear competitive strength for the organization. The presentation will explore how, using CLG’s Performance Catalyst® methodology combined with the client’s Customer Centric Service Model, resulted in identifying critical path behaviors essential to the sysmatic deployment across the service operations. Results across multiple sites within the service operations will be introduced. |
|
Cultural Change, Behavior Change, and Results Change: What more can you ask for? |
TRAVIS G. MCNEAL (Continuous Learning Group), Judith A. Johnson (Continuous Learning Group) |
Abstract: Generalization and sustainability are two major aspects of influence the field of behavior analysis has on the world. In OBM, our interventions secure and enable leaders of organizations to have the tools needed to maintain and sustain results through behavior change and other forms of change (i.e., process improvement). The aspect of generalization has implications for organizations to utilizing OBM methodology towards advancing strategic initiatives and key business opportunities to the next level. One of CLG’s clients has been utilizing CLG’s Performance Catalyst® Methodology in 3 regions across Canada and the United States. All 3 regions have had change efforts across the organizations culture, performance, and leadership prior to and during CLG’s involvement. The findings of CLG’s involvement include not just behavioral and results changes, but cultural changes as well. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - How IRAP and How I Eat: Relational Processes and Disordered Eating |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Kennesaw |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana, Lafayette) |
Abstract: In the current studies, the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is used to investigate subjects' ability to interact flexibly with eating and exercise-related stimuli. Data will be presented from research with obese adults pre- and post- bariatric surgery, and college students. Implications for treatment and prevention of obesity and disordered eating will be discussed. |
|
Inflexibility in Food-Related Responding in College Student. |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Treatment in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) focuses on increasing psychological flexibility. In this model, eating behaviors might be considered pathological when they are not sensitive to immediate contingencies. The current study considers the relationship between inflexibility in responding to food-related stimuli and self-reported eating pathology. Using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), subjects sort specific food items (e.g., “pizza” or “carrots”) in terms of evaluative stimuli (e.g., “harmful” or “healthy”). Subjects reporting elevated levels of eating pathology are expected to exhibit longer latencies and decreased fluency when matching “unhealthy” foods to positively charged stimuli. Possible implications for treatment will be discussed. |
|
Implicit and Explicit Attitudes Toward Food and Exercise in Obese Clients in a Bariatric Setting. |
DANIEL J. MORAN (Mid-American Psychological Institute), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: This study will investigate differences in explicit and implicit attitudes regarding physical exercise and food between pre-bariatric surgery obese adults, post-bariatric surgery non-obese adults, and a matched control group. The implicit attitudes will be assessed using the IRAP. It is expected that the three groups will show similarly positive explicit attitudes for physical exercise and healthy food, and similarly negative explicit attitudes toward sedentary behavior and unhealthy food. The presentation will include discussion of treatment and prevention for obesity, and will also discuss the data regarding pre-bariatric surgery counseling and education. |
|
Blank |
BLANK BLANK (Blank) |
Abstract: Blank |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Modern Teaching Machines and Programmed Instruction |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Auburn |
Area: EDC |
Chair: George H. Buck (University of Alberta) |
|
Skinner’s Teaching Machines and Programmed Instruction: Forgotten Applications of Behavioral Analysis with Implications for Today |
Domain: Applied Research |
GEORGE H. BUCK (University of Alberta) |
|
Abstract: It has been over 50 years since B.F. Skinner first created a teaching machine based on his ideas of behavioral analysis. Since then, teaching machines and programmed instruction, ostensibly based on Skinnerian behaviorism, gained widespread use in many educational settings. Nevertheless, most teaching machines and even programmed instruction disappeared by the mid 1970s. While Skinner speculated that this disappearance occurred largely because of educators’ fear that such innovations would replace teachers, there is evidence both from the 1960s and later to show that other factors led to this demise. Among them was that many individuals did not understand Skinnerian behaviorism, and thus created machines and materials incongruent with Skinner’s research and theories. A similar situation exists with the current popularity of PowerPoint and similar software, where little attention is paid to theoretical and pedagogical approaches in deploying such software effectively. This presentation describes Skinner’s application of behavioral analysis to non-human forms of instruction, and identifies reasons why his innovations were ultimately abandoned. Parallels are drawn between the misunderstanding of Skinnerian behaviorism, the demise of teaching machines and programmed instruction, and the current controversy surrounding the pedagogical applicability of software such as PowerPoint |
|
Audio Narration and Reading Ability in Programmed Instruction |
Domain: Applied Research |
WENDY JAEHNIG (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The advancement of computer technology has allowed more extravagant computer-based instruction, including graphics, audio, and video. However, the addition of such features can be expensive, and the effects on the efficacy and efficiency of programmed instruction have not been determined. It's possible that such features have differential effects on people based on ability levels.
This research examined how adding audio narration to a computer-based programmed instruction module affected the learning of people with different reading abilities. The instruction was administered to one group with textual narration only, to one group with audio narration only, and to another group with both textual and audio narration. Each participant also took a reading test. This studied addressed the question: what impact do audio narration, textual narration, and audio-textual narration have on performance on a criterion test, for persons with different reading abilities? |
|
|
|
|
|
The Frontiers of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Roswell |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Todd N. Schirmer (Rosalind Franklin University of Medicine and Science) |
|
Animal Behaviour Therapy: The Mis-understood Application of ABA |
Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH ANNE MCBRIDE (University of Southampton), Lewis A. Bizo (Southern Cross University), Edward Redhead (University of Southampton) |
|
Abstract: Animal Behaviour Therapy is an expanding applied area that is rapidly gaining recognition as a distinct field of professional development. It refers to animals kept as companions or as working animals, in homes, zoological collections or laboratories. It relates to the prevention and resolution of behaviours that are deemed problematical. Problem behaviours can have a variety of causes and associated motivations. They may have been learned or deliberately trained. They may be related to species specific behaviours and aspects of the animal’s ethology. Their prevention and resolution will always involve modification of, human behaviour. Animal Behaviour Therapy is by its nature multidisciplinary. However, the field has evolved from several backgrounds, most of whom have little academic or practical overlap. These include Ethologists and Psychologists, the former having a wealth of knowledge of species behaviour and function, the latter an in depth understanding of the role of learning, functional analysis and ABA. However, much animal behaviour therapy is undertaken by those with a purely non-theoretical animal training background The current paper will seek to illustrate how the skills and knowledge from these different research and practical areas can be unified to produce a coherent approach to Animal Behaviour Therapy. |
|
Schizophrenia: Where are the Behavior Analysts? |
Domain: Theory |
TODD N. SCHIRMER (Rosalind Franklin University of Medicine and Science), Kim Meyer (Hawaii State Hospital) |
|
Abstract: Schizophrenia is a serious psychiatric disorder characterized by disabling symptoms such as hallucinations, delusions, vocalizations, and social withdrawal. Early work by major figures in the field of behavior analysis focused heavily on the symptoms of this disorder (e.g. Lindsley & Skinner, 1954; Skinner, 1956). However, in modern research and clinical practice, behavior analysts have virtually ignored schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders. Some potential reasons for this waning focus on schizophrenia include the de-institutionalization of seriously mentally ill individuals, poor reimbursement rates, and an entrenched medical paradigm emphasizing the treatment of the disorder with psychotropic medications. Autism shares many similar phenomological features as schizophrenia. Behavior analysis has been widely applied to autism and is considered a standard and effective treatment for the disorder (US Department of Health and Human Services, 1999). We propose a return to our roots as behavior analysts with the application of methods already in use to treat autism to schizophrenia. These methods include the utilization of single subject designs, well-defined dependent variables, and an emphasis on observable phenomenon to treat challenging behaviors and help individuals acquire necessary and meaningful life skills. |
|
|
|
|
|
Autism Spectrum Disorder: Comparing the Effectiveness of Behavioral & Traditional Treatment Approaches |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Regency V |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Christine Reeve (Mailman Segal Institute) |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral and traditional approaches to treating children with autism are very different in terms of philosophies, goals, curriculums, and specific teaching methods. Each of the presenters will provide a brief overview of these differences and discuss a study that they are implementing together in order to compare the effectiveness of the two approaches. The participants in this study are children ages 2-5 years that have a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The children were videotaped in a standard situation with the same teacher and typically developing peer. Once the children had been video taped in the three situations, trained observers used the Autism Behavioral Observation System (ABOS) to measure the percentage of intervals in which specific target behaviors occurred. Inter-observer reliability and validity were measured for the ABOS. As the children were being video taped, their parents were interviewed in order to obtain detailed diagnostic information, as well as to determine which type of treatment approach had been chosen by the parents. Nine months later, parents will be interviewed again and the children will be videotaped in the same standard situations. Comparisons will be made between the children who are matched according to age, gender and initial level of autism to ascertain their progress in various areas of development. The researchers also investigated family characteristics that effected parents selection of a behavioral vs. traditional approaches to treatment of their children with autism. Finally, there are examples of using ABA approaches for children with ASD within the public school regular classes. |
|
The Development of a Tool for Measuring Videotaped Interactions of Children with Autism & a Typically-Developing Peer. |
KIM FLOYD (East Carolina University), Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Measures of children with autism do not often include observation of their interaction with peers, although this is one of the more difficult problems exhibited by children with autism. The presenters will describe a tool that has been developed to videotape children with autism in a standard situation with the same teacher and typically developing peer. The children are video taped in the three situations: teacher child interaction, teacher led child and peer interaction, and child and peer free play. |
|
The Autism Behavioral Observation System: Is It A Valid & Reliable Measure Of Autism? |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Amy Diachenko (East Carolina University), Alicja Lipinski (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: The participants in this study were children ages 2-5 years that have a diagnosis of Autism or PDD-NOS using Gillian Autism Rating Scale (GARS). The study took place at a childcare center in Greenville, North Carolina. The children were videotaped in a standard situation with the same teacher and typically developing peer. Once the children had been video taped in the three situations (teacher child interaction, teacher led child and peer interaction, child and peer free play), trained observers used the Autism Behavioral Observation System to measure the percentage of intervals in which specific target behaviors occurred. As the children were being video taped, their parents filled out the Social Communication Questionnaire (SCQ) to determine the degree of autism of the children. Degree of autism as determined by the GARS and SCQ was compared to the frequency of specific target behaviors to determine the concurrent validity of the Autism Behavioral Observation System as a measure of autism. Inter-observer reliability of the behavioral observation system was also measured and found it to range from 78 to 100%. |
|
The Role of Family Demographics in the Choice of Treatments for Autism: Does Where You Live Make a Difference? |
EMILY COGDELL (East Carolina University), Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: This study looked at the family demographics of families with children with autism in two states, Florida and North Carolina, to determine which characteristics predicted whether the family chose an ABA program or special education program. The families were contacted through local agencies and asked to fill out a survey based on family characteristics at the time of diagnosis. Demographic information requested included income level, education level of parents, number of children in family, internet access, and race. It was hypothesized that two characteristics which will predict that a family chooses ABA over traditional special education programs in North Carolina are high income and high level of education, whereas in Florida these factors would be irrelevant. |
|
Using Embedded Instruction to Support Students with Autism and Developmental Disabilities in General Education Classrooms. |
JESSE W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Embedded instruction is a set of instructional strategies that capitalize on opportunities to teach critical skills to students with moderate and severe disabilities in the context of naturally occurring routines (Brown, Evans, Weed, & Owen, 1987; Ford et al, 1989). This presentation summarizes the results of eight studies focused on examining the utility of embedded instruction in supporting students with Autism Spectrum Disorders and students with moderate and severe disabilities in general education settings. The results of all eight studies showed that 1) embedded instruction can be implemented successfully by general educator and paraprofessionals, and 2) embedded instruction procedures are effective in teaching targeted skills to students with moderate and severe disabilities in general education class rooms. There are important implications of these studies for providing |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Research in Safety and Health |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Greenbriar |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: R. Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior excesses and deficits have been identified as causal or contributing factors for a the leading causes of death, injury and disability. This symposium illustrates the role of behavior analysis interventions in altering risky behavior (i.e., dangerous behavior on school playgrounds), in promoting protective behavior (i.e., wearing bicycle safety helmets), and understanding factors that contribute to injurious behavior (i.e., the influence of violent video games on aggressive behavior). |
|
It's All Fun and Games until Somebody Gets Hurt: Reducing Risky Behavior on School Playground Equipment. |
KIMBERLY SECKINGER (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Geoffrey D. DeBery (Western Michigan University), Nancy J. Lindahl (Advantage Schools Inc. - Kalamazoo Academy) |
Abstract: Each year, over 200,000 people receive emergency room care for injuries sustained on recreational equipment, and a vast majority of these injuries involve children under the age of 15 who have been hurt on school playground equipment. A number of strategies to reduce playground injury have been proposed but few controlled studies have been published to evaluate the impact of injury reduction proposals on safe and risky playground behavior. A notable exception was Heck, Collins, & Peterson, 2001 who reported reductions in risk-taking behavior on playground equipment when programmed consequences were implemented for unsafe behavior. The purposes of the current investigation were to replicate and extend previous research though a component analysis of an injury prevention package designed to decrease unsafe use of playground recreational equipment among elementary school children. Results demonstrated that consistent behavioral contingencies for risky behavior produced the greatest reduction in students' unsafe behavior on the slide, although a portion of this decline could be attributed to a reduction in the absolute amount of play on this particular piece of equipment. Implications of these findings and further areas for research are discussed. |
|
Effects of Playing Violent Video Games and Young Adult's Behavior and Physiology. |
R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University), Kent D. Smallwood (Western Michigan University), Joseph Charles Dagen (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Each year, interactive technology becomes more and more advanced, offering more lifelike environments, immersive experiences, and realistic situations. Additionally, the videogame industry has over doubled in size in less than ten years, now rivaling the box office industry. However, technological advances have quickly outpaced our understanding of the effects of certain types of adult content on the game player. To date, the majority of the research on the topic was conducted before the games themselves were technologically advanced enough to draw meaningful conclusions; the few studies conducted in the last few years, while offering promising methodological advancements from previous work, still have several shortcomings, mostly in their choice of dependent measures. The purposes of the present investigation were to build off of the small research base related to effects of violent video games on behavior and physiology, as well as utilize several different types of dependent measures not used in other studies. Results demonstrated limited behavioral effects and no physiological or attitudinal difference between the group that played the nonviolent game, compared to the group that played the violent game. Implications of these findings, limitations, and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of the Behaviorally Based Helmet Program in Middle Schools. |
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behaviorally Based Helmet Program was evaluated at two middle schools with a history of helmet use enforcement and a third School with no background of helmet use enforcement using a multiple baseline across schools design. One of the two schools with a history of helmet enforcement also received the Behaviorally Helmet Program the previous year. Researchers scored helmet use and correct helmet use in the afternoon when students left school to ride home. Probe data were also collected in when students arrived at school in the morning, and some distance from the school in the afternoon to determine whether they took there helmets off. The treatment consisted of: 1. Group goal setting on helmet use; 2.) A short lecture on the importance of helmet use; 3.) a short DVD on how to correctly fit a helmet; 4.) peer helmet monitoring in the afternoon; 5.) Posted feedback on afternoon helmet use based on peer collected data; 6.) Shared reinforcement in the form of a party when peers for increased helmet use. Following the introduction of the treatment package afternoon helmet use increased from 82% to 98% at the school that received the program the previous year (baseline the previous year was about 50%) and from 52% to 95% at the second school which had not received the helmet program the previous year. The remaining school which only applied the Behaviorally Based Helmet Program without a history of enforcement showed an increase in helmet use from 14% to 45%. Correct helmet use was scored when the helmet was appropriately buckled, and level. Correct use increased from 64% to 80% and from to 37% to 78% at the schools with a history of helmet enforcement and from 9% to 40% at the school which did not have a history of helmet enforcement. The major reason that helmets were scored as worn incorrectly during baseline was that they were unbuckled. During treatment most were buckled but those scored as being worn incorrectly typically were not secured as tightly. These increases in helmet use were maintained after the program was terminated and in spot checks conducted some distance from the schools and transferred to the morning arrival. It is interesting to note that students were rarely ticketed for not wearing their helmets after the program was introduced at the two schools which had a policy of enforcement for non-helmet use. |
|
|
|
|
Building Evidence Based and Individually Tailored Instruction in Behavior Analytic Schools for Children with Autism |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
University |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Robin A. Nuzzolo-Gomez (Fred S. Keller School) |
Discussant: Katherine M. Matthews (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
Abstract: When building evidence based and individually tailored instruction in behavior analytic schools for children with autism a priority of any instructional model should be staff training. The research literature shows that when school staff acquire more expertise in verbally mediated and contingency shaped teaching skills, students learn not only more, but acquire skills at faster rates. This presentation highlights three key areas of teacher training in schools. The TPRA observation tool can be used by behavior analysts when conducting staff interactions with children, decision protocol training, and numerous child driven tactics that can be implemented to ensure student progress. |
|
Training Teachers to be Effective Pedagogues Utilizing the TPRA. |
ROBIN A. NUZZOLO-GOMEZ (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: The Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Procedure (TPRA) (Greer & Ingham, 1991) is used in schools in the United States and internationally to train teachers to become more effective pedagogues. It is a tool that can be used by behavior analyst supervisors and administrators to ensure that flawless learn units are being presented and consequated to students. It can also be used to increase the rate at which teachers instruct and students respond. A step by step how-to-use presentation will be done with in situ examples. |
|
Decision Protocol Training for Teachers. |
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
Abstract: Measurement is essential when instructing children. It is not enough just to measure, one must also Frequently analyze the data collected. The decision protocol training for teachers is an easy to implement procedure for those collecting data on their students' progress. The protocol instructs teachers when it is time to intervene with a change in instructional strategy via a tactic from the corpus of behavioral literature based upon trend and length of the data path. It also ensures that instructional strategies are not used for a longer length of time when they are no longer effective. A step by step how-to-use presentation will be done with in situ examples. |
|
Using Child-Driven Tactics When Instructing Children with Autism. |
EMMA HAWKINS (The Jigsaw CABAS School) |
Abstract: The corpus of behavioral literature contains over 200 instructional strategies or what we will call tactics that can be applied based on the child's level of verbal behavior and instructional history. It is important that every teacher become fluent with a handful of tactics for each specific level of verbal behavior. This presentation will expose the audience with approximately 10 of these tactics that we have found to be the most commonly used tactics for students. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Correspondence Training: Educational and Recreational Applications |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Courtland |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: Michael J. Cameron, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Correspondence training, also referred to as "say-do" instruction can be used for: improving academic performances, behavioral support, and teaching motor skills. The purpose of this symposium is to demonstrate how correspondence training was used in the classroom and community. Implications for educators will be discussed. |
|
Effects of Reinforcement History and Types of Verbalization on the Generalization of Say-Do Correspondence. |
EDHEN LAURA LIMA (West Virginia University), Josele Abreu-Rodrigues (Universidade de Brasilia) |
Abstract: This study analyzed the effects of reinforcement history (reinforcement dependent on correspondence, independent on correspondence and dependent on the absence of correspondence) and types of verbalizations emitted between ‘say’ and ‘do’ (of numbers and of ‘doing’) on the acquisition and generalization of say-do correspondence. Thirty-nine 3 to 5 year-old children were divided in four groups. The groups differed in terms of verbalizations emitted during the training, as well as percentage of reinforcer delivery dependent on the presence of correspondence. After correspondence training, generalization was tested with two different behaviors. The findings suggest that: (a) effects of reinforcement contingencies were affected by the type of verbalizations emitted between ‘say’ and ‘do’; (b) reinforcement of correspondence was effective only in the presence of verbalizations of ‘doing’; (c) reinforcement of non-correspondence was effective only when verbalizations of distracting stimuli (numbers) occurred, and (d) the functional role of ‘say’ was influenced by correspondence – reinforcer relations. |
|
The Use of Correspondence Training to Increase Compliance. |
KRISTOFER VAN HERP (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Problematic or socially inappropriate behaviors in individuals should be replaced with behaviors that are functionally equivalent, but socially appropriate. This study will shows that the use of discrimination training followed by correspondence and functional communication training can assist individuals in choosing to express their frustration in a socially appropriate and more successful manner. The participant in this study was a 7 year old boy, Wade, who attended a suburban public school in Massachusetts. In times of challenge for Wade, he would display “resistance” behaviors. Resistance behavior was displayed through a slouching body, vocal unresponsiveness, as well as aggressive behavior towards adults and his environment. We used discrimination training to self-identify in situations of frustration for him. This was followed up by correspondence training paired with functional communication training which taught Wade what to say and what to do when he identified his frustration. Frequency of the problem behavior, resistance, and the latency from the onset of resistance to the display of functional communicative responses was recorded. This training resulted in Wade's increased ability to appropriately communicate his difficulty in challenging situations to adults as well as decrease both his frequency and duration of resistance behavior episodes. |
|
The Effects of Correspondence Training on Exercise. |
ELISE COOKE (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Physical exercise is a cornerstone of a healthy lifestyle. Individuals who are in good health have more productive years and less medical expenses. Although as behavior analysts we are committed to examining socially significant issues, there is relatively little research on physical exercise in this field. The majority of the published behavior analytic research on exercise focuses on exercise as an antecedent, as part of a treatment package, or as contingent punishment. Few articles highlight exercise as the primary behavior targeted for change. This paper focuses on the use of correspondence training to change exercise behavior of typically developing adults. Inspired by the numerous sports psychology research articles relating to imagery, mental rehearsal, and visualization, we use a behavior analytic lens to examine measurable visual/verbal preparation and its effects on exercise performance. |
|
|
|
|
Current Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Severe Behavior Problems Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Regency VI |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The assessment and treatment of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement continues to be an important and challenging area of research within applied behavior analysis. One of the most widely used treatment strategies applied to behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement is the noncontingent delivery of alternative or competing stimuli intended to replace the target problem behavior. In the proposed symposium, three papers will be presented that describe the application of this treatment strategy to the reduction of severe problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. One study will discuss the utility of access to alternative available stimuli as a potential treatment for topographies of self-restraint that are hierarchically related. A second study will discuss the use of response interruption and redirection plus alternative stimuli as a treatment for reducing vocal stereotypy. The third study will discuss assessment techniques to predict when access to alternative stimuli will be an effective treatment approach and when other treatments (such as differential reinforcement) are necessary to reduce self-injurious behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. |
|
The Occurrence of a Response Class Hierarchy of Self-restraint. |
ROBERT-RYAN S. PABICO (Marcus Autism Center), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine), Michael E. Kelley (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University) |
Abstract: A response class hierarchy is a set of responses (e.g., aggression, disruption, screaming) that are maintained by the same reinforcement contingency (e.g., attention) and occur in a specific order (i.e., some responses are more likely to occur than others). In such hierarchies, lower probability responses occur primarily when higher probability responses are prevented. Previous studies have demonstrated response class hierarchy with topographies of destructive behavior (e.g., screaming, aggression, self-injury). In the current investigation, we examined a hierarchical relation among multiple topographies of self-restraint. Multiple baseline and reversal designs were used to demonstrate that blocking specific topographies of self-restraint would occasion the emergence of other topographies of self-restraint. Likewise, when preferred items were introduced, self-restraint generally decreased. Throughout all analyses, reliability data were collected on at least 25% of sessions and averaged over 80% for all topographies of self-restraint and item interaction. These results will be discussed in terms of identifying the variables that influence response class formation. |
|
Altering Automatically-Reinforced Stereotypy: The Effect of Adding Materials. |
KATHLEEN M. CLARK (New England Center for Children), Robert Parry-Cruwys (New England Center for Children), Jessica Masalsky (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: We have examined the effects of both direct (response interruption plus redirection) and indirect (response independent access to preferred activities) interventions for treating stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement. While both procedures are generally effective for decreasing stereotypy, indirect treatment does not provide an active redirection of behavior. Simply redirecting stereotypy, however, does not necessarily result in increases in appropriate behavior. This presentation will illustrate the effects of adding preferred stimuli in order to set the occasion for appropriate vocalizations to be emitted and reinforced for four children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. For all participants, functional analysis found vocal stereotypy to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. Response interruption and redirection produced lower levels of stereotypy than baseline, however, levels of appropriate communication did not increase until materials were added to the treatment setting. Interobserver agreement data were collected in all phases of the analyses and intervention comparisons and mean total agreement scores exceeded 85%. |
|
Using Assessment Results to Select NCR or DRA Treatments for Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement. |
JASON M. STRICKER (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Vinquist (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Jayme Mews (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Ringdahl et al. (1997) and Shore et al. (1997) showed that noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) was an effective treatment when participants played with preferred items to the exclusion of behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. Both studies demonstrated mixed results using NCR and DR procedures, but showed that the absence of problem behavior during preference assessments was predictive of the effectiveness of NCR. Stricker et al. (2005) showed that results of a concurrent operants assessment predicted the efficacy of differential reinforcement (DR) procedures. This study examines the parameters under which NCR or DR procedures may be effective for self-injury maintained by automatic reinforcement. Sean’s eye poking was maintained by automatic reinforcement with elevated responding during the alone condition and low rates during all other conditions. Nedra’s finger/object mouthing was maintained by automatic reinforcement with elevated rates across all test and control conditions. Concurrent operants assessments showed that both participants selected alternative leisure/social stimuli to the exclusion of self-injury. We predicted that a NCR treatment would be effective for Sean and that a DR program would be necessary for Nedra. Treatment results confirmed our hypotheses. The predictive utility of functional analysis and concurrent operants assessments for selecting treatments for self-injury will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Expanding the Use of Functional Assessment: Three Case Examples of Effective Behavior Support Plans with Children Under Three During Typical Home Routines |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Baker |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michelle A. Duda (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Michelle A. Duda, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In recent years, researchers have employed strategies associated with positive behavior support to develop interventions that focus on the reduction of challenging behavior. PBS and the process of functional behavioral assessment offer an empirically sound approach to intervening with the problem behaviors of children and adults with disabilities (Lucyshyn et al., 2002). Although there is great confidence from researchers in the importance of this approach for children, very little research has been conducted with children younger than three years. Three case studies will be presented that demonstrate the completion of an FBA and comprehensive PBS support plan. Following assessment, hypotheses were formulated and support plan strategies developed. The components generated included changes to parent interactions, child participation, and environmental modifications. All components were implemented by each childs mother, and were effective in reducing challenging behavior and increasing child engagement during typical home routines. A multiple baseline design was utilized for each study and illustrates changes in behavior. These investigations broaden the scope and utility of conducting functional assessment and provides evidence of the expanded impact of behavior analytic principles with a population not widely represented. |
|
An Illustrative Case Example of a Behavior Support Plan for A Two-Year-Old Child Across Three Home Routines. |
SHELLEY CLARKE (University of South Florida), Lise Fox (University of South Florida), Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida), Stephanie Johnston (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The current study demonstrates the completion of an FBA within a PBS support plan for a twenty-four-month-old boy who exhibited a speech delay, and engaged in challenging behavior. Following assessment, hypotheses were formulated and support plan strategies developed. The components generated included changes to parent interactions, child participation, and environmental modifications. All components were implemented by the child’s mother, and were effective in reducing challenging behavior and increasing child engagement during three typical home routines. A multiple baseline design illustrates changes in behavior. This investigation broadens the scope and utility of conducting functional assessment and provides evidence of the expanded impact of behavior analytic principles with a population not widely represented. Data-based; video vignettes will be shared. |
|
Functional Communication Training with Toddlers in Home Environments. |
GLEN DUNLAP (University of South Florida), Lise Fox (University of South Florida), Tera Ester (University of South Florida), Sherri L. Langhans (Infinite Possibilities in Behavior Support, LLC) |
Abstract: This study was conducted to study the effects of functional communication training when used by mothers to address the serious challenging behaviors of toddlers. Multiple baseline (across home routines) designs were used with two mother-child dyads. The data showed that the mothers used the procedures correctly, and that the interventions produced reductions in the children’s challenging behaviors and increases in their use of communicative replacement skills. Social validity data supported the clarity of the effects and indicated that the procedures were viewed by the mothers as feasible and as having acceptable contextual fit. The results are discussed in relation to the importance of resolving challenging behaviors early in a child’s life, and the need for additional research on effective strategies that can be used by typical intervention agents in typical settings. Data-based. |
|
Evaluating Multi-Component Behavior Support Plans in the Home Environment of a Preschool-Aged Sibling Set. |
MICHELLE A. DUDA (University of South Florida), Lise Fox (University of South Florida), Shelley Clarke (University of South Florida), Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This case study involved a family whose three children demonstrated challenging behavior (two fraternal twin 30 month-old boys, a 5 year-old girl). An individualized positive behavior support plan was developed and implemented by natural intervention agents (e.g., mother, older sister) across four routines within the home environment (e.g., playtime, clean up, dinner). A multiple baseline design was used to demonstrate reductions in challenging behavior, reductions in composite challenging behavior, and increases in engagement across both children and routines. In addition, procedural fidelity data document the implementation of plan components by the parent. Data-based; video vignettes will be shared. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Human Learning I |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Manila |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Li-Ching Hung (Mississippi State University) |
|
Assisting Parents to Promote the Problem-Solving Skills in Preschoolers with Challenging Behaviors |
Domain: Service Delivery |
YANHUI PANG (Tennessee Technological University), Dean David Richey (Tennessee Technological University) |
|
Abstract: This session provides useful and practical information for parents to addresses some common challenging behaviors on typically developing preschoolers. Functional assessment will be conducted to explore the causes of the atypical behaviors in a preschooler in a university-based child development laboratory. The caregivers, parents and grandparents who interact with the child on frequent basis will be interviewed concerning the definition of the atypical behaviors, the description of the history of the target behaviors as well as the instructional information that might lead to the target behaviors. Direct observation will be made to record antecedent/consequence of the target behavior and the scatter plot will be used to jot down the frequency of the occurrence of the target behaviors and the effective specific problem-solving strategies used to address these target behaviors. Thus, the session addresses how to reduce the occurrence of challenging behaviors by promoting young children use problem-solving skills or by helping them master some appropriate problem-solving skills. |
|
Acquisition and Translativity of a Matching to Sample Task under Different Language Modes and Cross-Modal Transfer |
Domain: Basic Research |
JOSUE ANTONIO CAMACHO CANDIA (Universidad Veracruzana), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana) |
|
Abstract: The main purpose was to analyze the initial acquisition, translativity and cross-modal transference of problem solving behaviors and second-order matching to sample tasks through direct matching. 24 experimentally unaware children participated in the experiment, aged 9 to 12, in the fourth grade the elementary school in the cities of Xalapa, Veracruz and Puebla, Puebla. A pre-test/ post-test design was applied, five training sessions and three transference tests for each language mode. The results demonstrated that the speed and the final level of acquisition and translativity were greater in the speaking mode, medium in writing and lower in pointing out. The average results demonstrated a greater cross modal transference in the pointing out mode while speaking and writing were used during the training procedure. These results suggest that the transference is greater when during the training, the mode having more arbitrary morphological characteristics is used, and in the transference tests the least arbitrary morphological modes are used. |
|
Positive Reinforcement as a Method for Increasing the Learning of English |
Domain: Basic Research |
LI-CHING HUNG (Mississippi State University), Cary S. Smith (Mississippi State University) |
|
Abstract: Within America’s borders, there resides a large, non-native, and diverse English speaking adult population; specifically, the U.S. Department of Education (2004) wrote that during the 2002-2003 program year, 43% of participants in state-administered adult education programs were enrolled in English as a Second Language (ESL) classes. In other words, almost half of those enrolled in adult education programs in the United States are English language learners. Adult English learners have myriad educational backgrounds that directly influence their English proficiency. Behavioral methods, if used correctly, can greatly aid student learning. In order to test this hypothesis, 30 students, ranging in ages from 19 to 51 and enrolled in the ESL center’s classes, met once each week for 10 weeks in 2 groups (one experimental and one control) for approximately 90 minutes. The experimental group received individualized rewards while the control group received nothing. Each member was placed in his/her respective group due to overall similarities. Before the first class commenced, each student was assessed to gauge his/her English ability; likewise, the same procedure was conducted on the last day. A one-way ANOVA was used to interpret the data. The information gathered was both fascinating and statistically significant. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Advanced Interpersonal Skills in Children with Autism |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Centennial Ballroom III |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Discussant: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
CE Instructor: Gerald E. Harris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Early behavioral intervention has often demonstrated the ability to instill or increase basic social and interpersonal skills in children with autism. However, there remain many more advanced skill areas where programming is less evolved. This symposium presents data based procedures for ameliorating deficits in stranger safety, assertiveness and joint attention skills. These skill areas are often more challenging to develop than basic language, academic, and self-help behaviors. As behavioral interventions become more widespread and effective, increased numbers of children need assistance with the more subtle social skills. The first presentation reports on a program designed to improve childrens ability to protect themselves in high risk situations in the community. Child abduction is a real threat in todays world, and previous research has shown that children with autism are vulnerable. The second presentation describes an intervention to help children protect themselves from less severe mistreatment by peers in their environment. Being assertive is a positive social skill, and may also reduce resorting to aggressive behavior for self protection. The third presentation tells about a behavioral intervention to increase joint attention in children with autism, thus allowing the shared awareness and experience that makes social interaction so rewarding. |
|
Stranger Safety Training for Children with Autism. |
FRANK B. CARLE (Texas Young Autism Project), Sanjuanita Pedraza (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: Current literature suggests that children with autism are more susceptible to lures provided by strangers than typical developing children. The current study provided behavioral intervention to participants who displayed susceptibility to lures presented by a stranger. The intervention consisted of 3 phases. Phase 1: learning to discriminate between familiar people (i.e., family members) versus unfamiliar people (i.e., strangers). The child was taught to receptively and expressively label pictures either by the familiar person’s name, or as a “stranger.” Phase 2: a video in which a stranger presented various types of lures, the video was immediately paused and the child was taught the correct verbal response (stating “No!”) and motor response (e.g., running away). The child moved to Phase 3 contingent upon meeting the mastery criteria (90%) for Phase 2. Phase 3:Testing the children in the natural environment to observe if the safety skills taught in phases 1 and 2 maintained and generalized. Interobserver agreement for the dependent variables of verbal and motor response averaged 90% across sessions. The results of this study demonstrate that children with autism can emit correct verbal and motor responses in a risky situation when Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is imposed. |
|
A Comparison of Two Different Approaches for Teaching Assertiveness to Young Children with Autism. |
LAUREN HARRINGTON (Texas Young Autism Project), Maureen Childs (Texas Young Autism Project), Maritza Cervantes (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown differential effects for various procedures used to teach assertiveness to children with autism. The present study used a multiple baseline design to compare two procedures for teaching assertiveness. The dependant variable for this study was assertiveness, defined as the ability to verbally and physically maintain possession of a preferred item. Four children participating in a discrete trial ABA program were randomly assigned to one of two conditions; each consisted of a well-established behavioral method for teaching assertiveness. The first method, a role-play approach, taught children using confederates. The second method shaped assertiveness using sequencing cards. After five months of implementing the assertiveness training, each child was placed in an experimental analog scenario to elicit learned assertiveness skills. Tests to evaluate maintenance of these skills were administered approximately two weeks later. The children were then placed in a novel scenario to determine if learned assertiveness skills generalized. A follow-up assessment was conducted six weeks after treatment was discontinued to further assess skill maintenance and generalization. Results suggest that although the role-play approach yielded faster skill acquisition, the sequencing card approach lead to broader generalization. Inter-observer agreement was found to be above 80% for all phases. |
|
A Behavior Analytic Intervention and Programmed Generalization of Joint Attention Skills in Children with Autism. |
TREA DRAKE (Texas Young Autism Project), Alexis Hyde-Washmon (Texas Young Autism Project), Jennifer Shen (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: Joint attention has been identified as an essential element of a functional social repertoire. Deficits in joint attention often serve as discriminative behavioral markers in children with autism. This study evaluates a treatment protocol developed by the Texas Young Autism Project designed to mitigate the joint attention deficits of children with autism. Three children from the project’s Day Treatment Center participated in the study. Each child’s ability to respond to the joint attention bids of others and to initiate joint attention exchanges was assessed utilizing components of the Early Social Communication Scale (ESCS) and natural environment observations of parent and peer interactions. The treatment protocol emphasized generalization of the skills to the child’s home environment. All participants reached mastery criterion in both responding to the joint attention bids of others and initiating joint attention. Assessment of joint attention skills in the natural environment revealed that the skills generalized following programmed natural environment training. Inter-observer agreement was evaluated for 30% of the sessions revealing an average agreement of 95%. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Perspectives on the Future of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Montreal |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Cade T. Charlton (Utah State University) |
THOMAS C. MAWHINNEY (University of Detroit Mercy) |
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida) |
WAYNE W. FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
GREGORY J. MADDEN (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: As behavior analysis continues to grow, it is important to understand where the field is headed. To encourage dialogs on the development of the field, this panel will discuss the history of the field, current research and application trends, and the directions that the panel members feel are most important for the continued evolution of the field. This is a Student Committee-sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Promoting Language Abilities with Verbal and Nonverbal Students Diagnosed With Autism |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Chicago A-F |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kelly A. Young (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: This symposium will present four different strategies used at Crossroads Center for Children to promote both spontaneous language and receptive language abilities. |
|
The Effect of Social Stories on Promoting Spontaneous Language Abilities in a Pre-schooler Diagnosed With Pervasive Developmental Disorder. |
AMY SOKOL (Crossroads Center for Children), Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children), Laura L. Krosky (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: This study will demonstrate the benefits of the use of incorporating social stories into speech programming for a child diagnosed with PDD. Social stories can be used to promote appropriate and spontaneous language between a student diagnosed on the autism spectrum and a communication partner. |
|
The Use of a Picture Communication System To Promote Spontaneous Language Abilities In a Student Diagnosed On the Autism Spectrum. |
TARA RAMSEY (Crossroads Center for Children), Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children), Laura L. Krosky (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: Nonverbal students often have difficulty effectively communicating their desires. The use of this picture communication system will enable the nonverbal student to express their needs with a variety of communication partners. |
|
Incorporating A Least-To-Most Prompting Procedure To Facilitate Spontaneous Language For A Student Diagnosed on the Autism Spectrum. |
MEGAN L. DAIGLE (Crossroads Center for Children), Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children), Laura L. Krosky (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: Students with limited or emerging language abilities often require prompting to use their functional language skills spontaneously. The use of a procedure, termed "Wait-Gesture-Ask-Say-Do", which is a least-to-most prompting procedure, will be demonstrated. A case study will also be presented. |
|
The Effectiveness of a Simplified Language Approach Versus a More Complex Linguistic Approach to Facilitate Receptive Language. |
JENNIFER LEIGHTON (Crossroads Center for Children), Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children), JoAnne Emerle (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children appear to respond to different types of receptive input in order to learn to comprehend individual word meanings for objects, pictured objects, and body parts. A comparison of data from two types of approaches will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Religion, Values, and Materialism |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Dunwoody |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Values Conversion in Psychotherapy: Considerations from a Behavioral Perspective |
Domain: Theory |
JORDAN T. BONOW (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Basic ethical principles of psychology make two pronouncements concerning issues surrounding client values. They declare that 1) clients have a right to hold to their own unique values and 2) therapists should not influence these values. Behaviorists working in clinical settings also hold to these principles, especially in the context of defining the goals of therapy. However, this ethical ideal seems to be problematic for those coming from a behavioral perspective for two reasons. First, it is likely impossible to achieve. Past research has shown a tendency for the values of a client to shift during the course of therapy to be in more accord with the values of the therapist. This can even occur when a therapist is explicitly attempting to not influence the client. Second and more importantly, this ideal is not necessarily compatible with basic philosophical underpinnings of behaviorism. Expression of values, whether through verbal report or overt action, can be viewed as no different than any other behavior. If an individual’s values are fully determined by learning history, there seems to be no justification for proscriptions against deliberately targeting a client’s values for change. |
|
Psychological Materialism: Objections to Cognitivism from the Philosophical Buddhist Perspective |
Domain: Theory |
PATRICK C. QUINN (NorthEast Psychiatric & Psychological Institute) |
|
Abstract: Traditional and Philosophical Buddhism reject three major forms of materialism. The most familiar to those outside of Buddhism is the rejection of physical materialism. There are two other forms of materialism that are also addressed in the Buddhist tradition. These other two are psychological materialism and spiritual materialism. The Buddhist objections to psychological materialism are very similar to the behavioral objections to the some of the problems inherent in the new cognitive psychology. This paper will discuss the concept of materialism as understood in the Buddhist tradition with special emphasis on psychological materialism. Sources from the Buddhist literature will be presented. The work of Chogyam Trungpa and other Buddhist scholars who have written on this topic will be presented. Trungpa’s Cutting Through Spiritual Materialism (1973) is the best known treatment of this topic in the modern Buddhist literature. The goal of the paper will be to present the similarities of critical analysis in Buddhism and Behaviorism. The paper will use a PowerPoint displaying links to available web based and other resources. |
|
Beyond Religion Too |
Domain: Theory |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: In this paper it is argued that theists justify their adherence to transcendental assumptions and beliefs on the basis of faulty logic and misinterpreted evidence. With respect to the first of these, theists contend that in as much as there is no proof for the existence or non-existence of a deity, believing and not believing in the existence of a deity are equally valid. With respect to evidence, the fact that transcendental beliefs are present in every culture is taken as support for their validity. Added to this is the evidence of natural scientists of every variety holding to such beliefs. The facts of cultural evolution and individual enculturation are invoked to contest these arguments. Also addressed is the prevalence of transcendental views among behavior scientists. We contend that this problem is a result of insufficient training of behavior scientists in the philosophy of behaviorism and the analysis of verbal behavior. The implications of this circumstance for the future of our science are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Taking the Show on the Road: Morningside Teachers' Academy Experience |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Inman |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kristine F. Melroe (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Clay M. Starlin (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Morningside Teacher's Academy has implemented the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction in 90 (?) schools and agencies across the United States and Canada. These school-wide implementations are intended to assist teachers in implementing effective educational technologies and programs. Successful implementation at new sites is a function of at least three factors: teacher training in which teachers learn the rudiments of instructional protocols and programs, learn how to diagnose instructional problems, and become proficient in making instructional decisions based on student progress; teacher coaching in which teachers learn to perform instructional protocols and programs with ease in the context of a classroom; and cultural change in which teachers and administrators bring contingencies in line with programmatic and student learning requirements. This symposium describes the Morningside Model as it applies to training teachers and refining school cultural practices. |
|
Analyzing Effective Training Methods. |
DEBORAH BROWN (Morningside Academy), Kristine F. Melroe (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: School districts pour millions of dollars into training with the hope that the information will change the behavior of teachers and result in improved student learning. The outcome for training is to develop the instructional repertoire of the teacher to a level that enables them to apply new principles, concepts and strategies across the curriculum. Using Tieman and Markle's System of Instruction framework, this paper describes the training protocols that are used at Morningside Teacher's Academy and identifies successes and challenges that consultants have experienced in school-wide implementations. A critical aspect for training is to understand the entering repertoire of the teacher; which includes basic skills, instructional content and cultural issues. Effective training sessions need to both informative and interactive. Training sessions need to be quickly followed by direct observation of the teacher's performance with their students. This provides a feedback loop to determine what the specific content of next training sessions should include. Training is only as effective as the coaching that follows. |
|
Coaching: A Delicate Blend of Methods, Style and Sensitivity. |
SUZANNE CASSON (Morningside Teachers Academy), Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center) |
Abstract: Direct instruction and roleplaying provide the teacher with a set of skills that, when artfully combined, create a performance repertoire that is effective in real-time, real-classroom situations. However, it is rare for a teacher to fully realize this integration without in situ coaching. Morningside Teachers' Academy relies heavily on coaching to transition teachers from training to practice. This paper will describe some of the common difficulties teachers face in applying training to the hustle and bustle of a classroom, will describe an overall paradigm for coaching, and will describe how personal characteristics of the teacher and of the coach interact to streamline the process in individual classrooms with individual teachers. |
|
Changing the Culture of a School: A "Four Frames" Analysis. |
LIBBY M. STREET (Central Washington University) |
Abstract: Although training and coaching are fundamentally critical elements to ensuring that teachers can implement a prescribed instructional program with fidelity, an analysis of and intervention in the prevailing school culture is essential to ensuring that organizational barriers to implementation are removed and that school-wide contingencies support change. This is particularly challenging for a consultant who has no designated leadership role in the organization. This presentation will address school culture from the perspective of Bolman and Deals, "Reframing Organizations," identify challenges we've faced in school-wide implementation of the Morningside Model, and describe steps we've taken to address them. |
|
|
|
|
The Application of Skin Shock Treatment with Higher Functioning Students with Severe
Behavior Disorders |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Spring |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Patricia Rivera (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The use of skin shock to treat individuals with severe behavior disorders has been well documented in the literature. The research has focused primarily on a population of individuals with some form of cognitive delay. This symposium will address the positive effects of implementing skin shock therapy as a supplement to positive behavioral programming for students that are more cognitively typical. The presenters will discuss the overall benefits of supplemental skin shock and how it relates to increased access to rewards. Video will be presented highlighting student and parent testimonials about the positive effects of skin shock treatment. The effect of skin shock on educational improvement will also be discussed along with case studies of students who, just by the mere mention of skin shock being implemented, showed sustained behavioral improvement. |
|
The Use of Skin Shock in the Treatment of Higher Functioning, Cognitively Typical Students. |
PATRICIA RIVERA (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Ed Langford (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The use of skin shock to treat severe behavior disorders has been well documented in the literature. The research has focused on a population of individuals with severe behavior disorders, the majority of who are cognitively impaired to some degree. This discussion will focus on the use of skin shock treatment with more cognitively typical students who have been referred to a residential facility because they have a long history of exhibiting inappropriate behaviors. These behaviors have significantly limited their educational and social development. Data will be presented showing the immediate and sustained behavioral improvement for the majority of these cognitively typical students. |
|
Skin Shock Treatment as a Gateway to Facilitate Positive Programming. |
ED LANGFORD (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Patricia Rivera (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: All students that enter the Judge Rotenberg Center are treated with positive-only behavioral programming. Due to the intensity and frequency of some students’ behaviors, their access to rewards is severely limited in order to keep them and those around them safe. About 40% of our population does not respond well to positive-only treatment and requires the use of supplemental skin shock treatment. Data will be presented showing the decrease in the students’ inappropriate behaviors and an increase in access to positive programming. Parent and student testimonials will also be shown. |
|
Educational Improvement Made Possible through the Use of Skin Shock Treatment. |
MICHELLE HARRINGTON (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Angela Galvin (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Amy Inclima Wood (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Students who are admitted to the Judge Rotenberg Center are usually academically far behind their cognitively typical peers. The severity of their behaviors impedes with the amount of time they utilize for learning. Consequently, they have not been able to make acceptable academic progress. Once a student has the skin shock treatment implemented in their program, they tend to make tremendous academic gains. This discussion will focus on the different types of progress students make. Data will be presented from academic testing that shows grade level gains as well as increased seat time, and appropriate classroom behavior. |
|
Suppressing Problematic Behavior by Merely Announcing that Skin Shock Treatment will be Used. |
THELMISHA VINCENT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nick Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Approximately half the student population at the Judge Rotenberg Center experience treatment success using positive only interventions (i.e. token economy, point systems, contracts, and rewards). For the remaining half, it becomes necessary to implement skin shock treatment. Typically, in these cases, the problematic behavior does not improve until after the actual implementation of skin shock. However, for some students the knowledge alone that skin shock is under consideration is sufficient to effect significant positive behavioral change. Two case studies of individuals with severe behavior disorders will be discussed demonstrating rule governed behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Variables Influencing Response Allocation in the Treatment of Behavior Disorders |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Centennial Ballroom IV |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will provide four presentations that consist of unique applications of concurrent schedules of reinforcement to the treatment of problem behavior. Two of the presentations focus on prevention of problem behavior, while the other two focus on teaching alternative behaviors (mands) and biasing responding in favor of them. The first presentation evaluates the effects of preferred and nonpreferred toys during demand conditions. Results showed that the participants consistently allocated their time to demanding tasks and displayed little problem behavior when preferred toys were present. The second presentation provides a summary of a 4-experiment study in which the authors identified alternative stimulation that was substitutable for problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Providing alternative stimulation reduced problem behavior when both were concurrently available. The third presentation demonstrates how different qualities and durations of reinforcement can be manipulated to bias choice responding in favor of work requests, as compared to break requests and problem behavior, within functional communication training packages. The final presentation demonstrates that a resurgence of problem behavior may occur during FCT when newly taught alternative behaviors are placed on extinction or lean schedules of intermittent reinforcement; thus, these alternative behaviors may no longer compete effectively with problem behavior. |
|
An Evaluation of Competition Between Positive and Negative Reifnorcement During a Choice Assessment. |
JAY W. HARDING (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We evaluated time allocation, problem behavior, and task completion during a choice assessment that manipulated the presence of preferred and non-preferred toys during demand conditions. The participants were 2 preschool-aged boys with developmental delays who displayed severe problem behavior. All procedures were conducted in the children’s homes with their mothers serving as therapists. Multielement, concurrent schedules and reversal designs were used to evaluate assessment results. Inter-rater agreement was assessed across 30% of sessions and averaged 97%. During Phase 1, a preference assessment identified highly preferred and less preferred toys. During Phase 2, functional analyses showed that problem behavior was maintained by both positive and negative reinforcement. In Phase 3, we conducted a choice assessment with two conditions. In Condition 1, the participants had a choice between a demand option with less preferred toys or playing with the same toys alone. In Condition 2, the choice was between demands with highly preferred toys or playing with a less preferred toy alone. Results showed that both children allocated their time primarily to the demand option and displayed relatively low levels of problem behavior and high levels of task completion when tasks involved preferred toys. |
|
Further Evaluation of Methods to Identify Matched Stimulation. |
JOHN T. RAPP (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: The effects of alternative stimulation on the vocalizing of two individuals were evaluated in a series of experiments. Experiment 1 showed that the vocalizing of both participants persisted in the absence of social consequences, but decreased markedly during noncontingent access to music. Experiment 2 showed that one participant manipulated toys that did and did not produce audio stimulation; however, only sound-producing toys (contingent audio stimulation) decreased vocalizing. For the other participant, sound-producing toys, alone, did not decrease vocalizing and paradoxically increased vocalizing when presented with music. Experiment 3 showed that the vocalizing of both participants remained below pre-intervention levels following the removal of audio stimulation and that one participant’s vocalizing increased following the removal of contingent reprimands. These patterns suggest that audio stimulation functioned as an abolishing operation for vocalizing and reprimands functioned as an establishing operation for vocalizing. Finally, Experiment 4 showed that a participant preferred a toy that produced contingent audio stimulation over an identical toy that did not generate audio stimulation. Collectively, the four experiments provide a method for identifying alternative stimulation that may be substitutable for automatically reinforced behavior. |
|
"I Choose Work:" Increasing Work Choices Using Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcmeent Within Functional Communication Training Packages. |
RENEE KOEHLER VAN NORMAN (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Traci M. Cihon (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Although a viable treatment option for escape-maintained problem behavior, functional communication training treatment packages are not without limitations. One such limitation with FCT is an initial increase in break requests, resulting in continuous access to reinforcement (Marcus & Vollmer, 1995). An additional limitation may surface in the form of extinction bursts when implementers attempt to gradually introduce additional task demands over time (also known as stimulus or demand fading; e.g., Zarcone, Iwata, Smith, Mazaleski, & Lerman, 1994). This study investigated the effects of combining two interventions (FCT and DRA with increasing work requirements) within a 3-choice scenario in an attempt to address these limitations. Concurrent schedules of reinforcement with differing levels of quality and duration were applied to each response alternative: mands for break, mands for work, and problem behavior. Then, the effects of systematically increased demands were evaluated while the concurrent schedules of reinforcement remained in place. The results will be discussed in relation to the matching law and choice making. |
|
An Applied Evaluation of Resurgence: Functional Communication Training (FCT) and Treatment Relapse. |
VALERIE M. VOLKERT (Louisiana State University), Nathan Call (Louisiana State University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Nicole M. Trosclair-Lasserre (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Extinction is a very important component of functional communication training (FCT). Thus, the potential undesirable effects of extinction must be considered before this type of treatment is implemented. Resurgence, the recurrence of previously reinforced behavior when another behavior is placed on extinction, is a possible undesirable effect of extinction. Resurgence may account for some instances of treatment relapse in situations where problem behavior recovers following implementation of extinction-based treatments such as FCT. Despite the potential relevance of resurgence to understanding why problem behavior may re-emerge, few applied studies have examined resurgence effects. The current study attempted to determine whether resurgence of problem behavior occurred when a newly trained alternative behavior was placed on extinction or contacted a thin schedule of reinforcement and if the resurgence effect could be repeated within an individual. The present investigation also attempted to replicate and extend the results of Experiments 2 and 4 in Lieving and Lattal (2003) by examining resurgence with human participants who engage in aberrant behavior. Results showed that, in some cases problem behavior recovered when the alternative behavior was placed on extinction or intermittent schedules of reinforcement. Interoberserver agreement coefficients exceeded 80% or 90% for all participants. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Developmental Disabilities: Health & Well-being |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
International Ballroom North |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Charles C. Wills (Protestant Guild for Human Services) |
|
The Comparison of Individual vs Group Contingencies in Increasing Student Exercise Participation in Residences |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CHARLES C. WILLS (Protestant Guild for Human Services) |
|
Abstract: The rise in unhealthy eating habits and reduced attention to exercise has reached critical proportions in the United Stated. Within a population of cognitively challenged students, the medical and behavioral concerns are significant factors in the development of an effective regime. More challenging is the actual assurance that an incorporated plan will reach a successful outcome. Residences seek means to support students in successfully integrating good habits for life. Seven residential programs participated in the study. This study examines a comparison of individual versus molar contingencies for increasing the frequency and duration of an exercise component in a residential setting. Using a changing criteria design across individuals and settings, a determination as to the most successful intervention was explored. In addition, a multiple baseline design will be used across settings, to examine the effect of public posting and individual visual and verbal feedback. Baseline measures show less than 2 of 7 students participating for less than 10 minutes. Our goal is to increase the frequency and duration of exercise through control of the independent variable. |
|
Effects of Antecedent Prompt and Test on Teaching Simulated Menstrual Care Skills to Females with Disabilities. |
Domain: Service Delivery |
GONUL KIRCAALI-IFTAR (Anadolu University), Gulhan Ersoy (Public School), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University) |
|
Abstract: Although menstrual care is among the most important skill areas for females with intellectual disabilities to facilitate their independence, there is limited research examining this issue. The main purpose of the study was to analyze the acquisition and maintenance effects of antecedent prompt and test procedure on teaching changing sanitary napkins on a doll to three young females with mild intellectual disabilities. Generalization through multiple exemplar approach and social validity were also examined. A multiple probe design across subjects was used in the study which consisted of baseline, intervention, probe, maintenance, and generalization sessions. Result showed that all subjects were able to acquire and maintain the skills taught to them, and generalize the acquired skills to various examples. Furthermore, the parents of the subjects were very pleased with the study in general. The results are discussed and recommendations regarding future research and practice will be shared with the audience. |
|
Results of an Interagency Project to Improve Quality of Life |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CAPS HOLBURN (New York State Institute for Basic Research), Christine Cea (New York State Institute for Basic Research) |
|
Abstract: We held focus groups to identify ideas for improving quality of life for people living in group residences on Staten Island. Four-hundred eighty five comments from consumers, family members, direct-support staff, middle managers, and agency directors (n=119) were classified into themes and shared across groups. Overall, the comments pertained more to fundamental issues rather than the more progressive aspirations that dominate the developmental services field today. data are presented by themes and groups and reveal interesting patterns of convergence and divergence. Outcomes to date of this ongoing collaboration include, (a) formation of a self-advocacy group, (b) certificate training programs for direct support and middle managers, (c) coordination of local social activities, (d) a best practices conference, and (e) adaptation of various practices across agencies. |
|
|
|
|
|
Generalizing Beyond Our Experience: Lessons from Neural Networks |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Centennial Ballroom I |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: John W. Donahoe, M.S. |
Chair: John W. Donahoe (University of Massachusetts, Amherst) |
JEFFREY L. ELMAN (University of California, San Diego) |
Dr. Jeffrey L. Elman joined the University of California, San Diego Linguistics Department in 1977 after receiving his Ph.D. from University of Austin at Texas. In 1986, Elman helped found the Department of Cognitive Science, where he served as Chair from 1994 to 1998. Elman is currently Chancellor’s Associates Distinguished Professor of Cognitive Science, Associate Dean the Division of Social Sciences at UCSD, and Founding Co-Director of the Kavli Institute for Brain and Mind. Elman is one of the pioneers in the field of artificial neural networks. His early model of speech perception, the TRACE model, remains one of the major theories in the field. In 1990 he developed the Simple Recurrent Network architecture (the so-called “Elman net”) which is today widely used in cognitive science to understand behaviors that unfold over time. His recent book, Rethinking Innateness: A Connectionist Perspective on Development (with Bates, Johnson, Karmiloff-Smith, Parisi, Plunkett, 1996), introduces a new theoretical framework for understanding the nature/nurture debate. Currently, Elman’s research focus is on language processing, development, and computational models of cognition. In 2001, New Bulgarian University elected Elman as Doctor Honoris Causa for his contributions and breakthroughs he has made towards a deeper understanding of learning, development and language. |
Abstract: Over the past two decades, connectionist models of learning have provided impressive demonstrations of how much information is present in the environment. These results have been surprising to some, particularly in the domain of language, where it has been claimed that the input available to children is often insufficient to account for childrens eventual knowledge (the so-called Poverty of the Stimulus problem).In fact, considerably controversy remains regarding the extent to which experience provides a sufficient basis for language acquisition and linguistic generalization. Important questions have yet to be answered. Are there limits to statistically-based learning, and if so, what are they? Do language users literally record their experience in some numerical form? Recent empirical studies have established that the input available to young children is in fact massive, but it also occupies a very limited range of the total linguistic possibilities. How do we explain cases where generalization appears to go beyond experience if it is limited in this way?These questions will be the focus of my talk. I shall describe several examples of simulations in which generalization appears to go beyond the input. The analysis of how generalization occurs in these cases suggests that the processes of learning and generalization in child language acquisition may be richer than initially supposed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Economics and Drugs: Factors that Influence Demand and Choice in Monkeys and People |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Piedmont |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Chad M. Galuska (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: Recent advances in the merger between behavioral economics and behavioral pharmacology are highlighted. Behavioral economics provides a way to quantify demand for a drug in terms of elasticity, or the rate at which consumption of a drug decreases with increases in its price. The first two presentations investigate drug elasticity using rhesus monkey self-administration assays. The effects of speed of drug infusion, reinforcer delay, and probability of reinforcement on drug demand are examined. The third presentation employs a human drug self-administration procedure and investigates consumption and drug choice with methadone-maintained patients. In this study, drugs are identified as independent, substitutable, or complementary commodities, and quantitative models are used to describe these drug interactions. |
|
Impact of Infusion Speed and Delay to Infusion on Demand for Drugs of Abuse in Rhesus Monkeys. |
JAMES H. WOODS (University of Michigan), Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: Normalized demand functions have been shown to account for common quantifiable variables (e.g., reinforcer size, response requirement), as relative change in consumption does not change as these variables are altered. This allows for comparisons to be made among different reinforcer types independent of the specific reinforcer sizes and response requirements used. Research suggests that this relationship may not hold when infusion speed and delay to infusion of drugs of abuse are varied, although this has never been explicitly studied using demand functions. The current series of experiments examines the effects of infusion speed and delay to infusion on demand for drugs of abuse within a behavioral economic paradigm. Initial results indicate that these manipulations may affect drug consumption differently than altering the reinforcer size or response requirement. |
|
The Unreliable Dealer: Effects of Reinforcer Probability on Drug Demand in Rhesus Monkeys. |
CHAD M. GALUSKA (University of Michigan), Gail Winger (University of Michigan), James H. Woods (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: In typical behavioral economic analyses, drug consumption (mg/kg/session) is expressed as a function of the unit price of the drug (response requirement / dose). The present study extended the unit price concept to include reinforcer probability as a cost variable in rhesus monkeys self-administering remifentanil and cocaine. Lever presses produced drug across a series of fixed-ratio (FR) response requirements (FR 10, 32, 100, 320, 562, 1000). When the ratio was completed, drug was either delivered (i.v.) or omitted, followed by a 10-s timeout. Sessions lasted 150 min. At each FR, the probability of drug delivery varied (.25, .5, .75, and 1.0). In general, a single function described drug consumption when unit price was calculated as Unit Price = FR / (Dose x Probability). Exceptions occurred at combinations of the lowest doses investigated and the lowest reinforcer probability; these combinations occasionally produced more elastic functions. The results suggest scalar equivalence between FR, dose, and reinforcer probability. |
|
Using Behavioral Economics to Understand Reinforcer Interactions: Human Methadone, Hydromorphone and Valium Self-administration. |
RALPH SPIGA (Temple University) |
Abstract: Studies of nonhuman and human drug self-administration have demonstrated orderly relations between drug dose and the responses procuring the drug. Rarely has choice or interactions between different classes of concurrently available drug reinforcers such as marijuana and ethanol been examined. In this study, a unique human drug self-administration paradigm using methadone-maintained patients and methadone, hydromorphone and valium as reinforcers describes drug interactions using economic concepts. A simplified model of consumer demand will be used to describe the drug interactions. Data will be presented that demonstrate that this model has broad generality across reinforcers in humans. The data illustrate the effects of pharmacotherapies on demand elasticity of drug consumption and analysis of simulated drug market exchanges on demand for drug. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Dynamic and Complex Systems in Behavior Analysis and Development: Theory & Application |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Singapore |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus) |
CE Instructor: Gary D. Novak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral development involves constant changes in individuals embedded in complex systems. Dynamic systems theory has been applied to many scientific fields, including behavior analysis and developmental psychology, but to a large extent there has been a total separation of these two fields. This symposium will begin by describing how dynamic systems or chaos theory can be useful in behavior analysis. Then, connecting complexity theory with behavior analysis it will then provide a basis for relating behavior analysis. Finally, a behavioral systems approach will be applied to real-world problems of children. |
|
Using Dynamical Systems to Explore Variability in Schedules of Reinforcement. |
MARK S. HOYERT (Indiana University Northwest) |
Abstract: One of the classic problems in behavior analysis involves the examination of moment to moment variability in schedules of reinforcement. Some researchers have suggested that this variability is the product of a system of interacting variables. Other researchers have suggested that the variability is the result of stochastic inputs. Similar questions have been addressed recently by researchers in nonlinear dynamics. A number of techniques have been developed that are useful in distinguishing between stochastic and deterministic system. None of the procedures is sufficient to provide proof of the underlying character of the system, but a series of analyses used simultaneously may provide convincing multiple converging evidence. In this paper, I explored the utility of three methods: a) estimation of the correlation dimension, b) calculation of the fractal dimension, and c) attractor reconstruction for examining three types of data. a) Empirical data collected from four pigeons responding to a Fixed-Interval schedule of reinforcement. b) Theoretical data generated from a system of deterministic equations that model Fixed- Interval performance. c) Theoretical data generated to produce random performance. The techniques were able to identify correctly identify theoretically generated stochastic and deterministic output. They suggest that pigeon performance is deterministic. |
|
Behavior Analysis and Complexity Theory: a Possible Unified Selectionist Enterprise? |
INGUNN SANDAKER (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Complexity theory is being applied to many fields concerned with multiply determined, continuous, and nonlinear changes among its constituents. Just as other scientific fields have been enhanced by the incorporation of complexity theory principles, behavior analysis, would be enhanced by looking at behavioral change from the viewpoint of complex systems. The special relevance to longer run development will be noted. |
|
Dynamic Systems Principles in Child Development: Changes in Complex Behavioral Systems. |
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: Novak and Pelaez (Novak, 1996, Novak & Pelaez, 2003) have presented an approach to development that combines behavior analysis with dynamic systems principles. Called, a Behavioral Systems Approach, it adds many concepts from chaos theory to a contextualistic behavior analytic view of development. This paper will present this approach to the study of child development. It will explain concepts such as multiple determination, equifinality, nonlinearity, phase shifts versus stages, control parameters, coalescent organization versus self-organization, behavioral momentum, and behavioral cusps, and how these relate to the study of child development. |
|
A Critique of Stage theories of Development: Optimizing Treatment with b\Behavioral Systems Approaches. |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Victoria Minette (Florida International University) |
Abstract: The scientific study of human development has the ultimate goal of optimizing humanbehavior, which can be accomplished through the creation of social service (behavior-analytic) programs. The programs have the mission of prevention, intervention, and treatment for individuals and society. Theories of human development have provided guidelines for program development but not always effectively. Stage theories (Freud, Erikson, Piaget) are linear and tend to be descriptive rather than explanatory. The behavioral systems approach outlined in this prevention incorporates some dynamic principles and places emphasis in nonlinear reciprocal interaction processes between behavior and environment. The approach emphasizes the multiple influences of human interactions within a contextualistic, and not mechanistic, world view. A critical and comparative analysis of stage theories is presented while illustrating how dynamical systems theories offer a more functional, comprehensive, and effective guideline for programs dealing with significant social problems such as adolescent suicide and substance abuse. |
|
|
|
|
Promoting and Exporting ABA Values Along With Our Technology |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Centennial Ballroom II |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
CE Instructor: Maria R. Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Panelists: HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida), KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), RICHARD M. FOXX (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: The best case scenario for most behavior analysts would be the successful promotion and exportation of our values and technology with no sacrifice of our science. One approach to be discussed focuses on marketing the benefits of our technology without attempting to market our world view simultaneously. Evidence for the quality of our products and services is found in the direct measures of behavior that are the foundation of our science. Consumers frequently recognize the value of this and wonder why it is absent in other services they receive. One of our basic values is thus transmitted. Behavioral educational methods which rely on direct measurement strategies have been amongst the most important technological contributions of our field. We will present a set of rights and responsibilities related to education developed by an ABA Task Force to illustrate the values that underlie promoting and delivering these technologies. Key to our success and to the integrity of our values, goals and outcomes is the correspondence between what we say we should do and what we actually do. Finally the panelists will make specific recommendations which include 1) examining other models, such as Positive Behavioral Supports, that have a track record of exportation and promotion 2) strongly supporting behavior analytical entrepreneurial efforts 3) value highly the study and achievement of maintenance and generalization effects 4) recognize that much of the elegant research published in JABA is the experimental rather than applied analysis of human behavior; and 5) reinforce and promote widespread dissemination of our technology and values by creating and supporting two new publications. |
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida) |
Dr. Henry S. Pennypacker, Professor Emeritus at the University of Florida, has been a major figure in behavior analysis through his contributions in research, teaching, and service. He has made significant contributions to instructional design through his work in precision teaching and his book (with Jim Johnston), "Strategies and Tactics in Behavioral Research", now in its second edition, has become a classic and essential reference on methodology in behavior analysis. Many of his students have become major figures themselves, especially in applied behavior analysis. He helped to establish Florida as a model for behavior-based treatment in the area of developmental disabilities. He is perhaps best known both within and outside the field as the developer of methods and devices for effective training of self-examination for breast cancer and founded a company (Mammatech) to further this potentially life-saving effort. This work has been widely recognized in the behavioral medicine and cancer prevention communities. He served as ABA President in 1986-87 and has been a very active Trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
Dr. Kent Johnson graduated from Georgetown University and received his M.S. and Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Massachusetts in Amherst. Dr. Johnson founded Morningside Academy, in Seattle, Washington, in 1980, and currently serves as its Executive Director. Morningside is a laboratory school for elementary and middle school children and youth. Morningside investigates effective curriculum materials and teaching methods, and has provided training and consulting in instruction to over 90 schools and agencies throughout the USA and Canada since 1991. Dr. Johnson has published several seminal papers about research-based curriculum and teaching methods. Most recently he published a book, “The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction: What It Means to Leave No Child Behind,” with Dr. Elizabeth Street (2004, Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies). Dr. Johnson is also a co-founder of Headsprout, Inc., a Seattle-based company funded by investors to develop web-based, interactive, cartoon-driven instructional programs. Prior to founding Morningside, Dr. Johnson was professor at Central Washington University, director of staff training at the Fernald School in Massachusetts, and instructional designer at Northeastern University in Boston |
RICHARD M. FOXX (Pennsylvania State University) |
Dr. Richard M. Foxx is a Professor of Psychology at Penn State Harrisburg. He is a Clinical Adjunct Professor of Pediatrics at the College of Medicine of the Pennsylvania State University. Dr. Foxx has written seven books. He has written over 130 scientific articles and has made 13 training films on the use of behavioral principles. He has given over 1500 talks and workshops. Dr. Foxx is an internationally recognized expert in treating behavioral problems. He has lectured in 10 foreign countries and 47 states throughout the United States. He is the editor of the journal, Behavioral Interventions. He was the co-editor-in-chief of Analysis and Intervention in Developmental Disabilities, is on the editorial board of eight scientific journals and is the consulting editor for the Research Press Special Education Series. Dr. Foxx is a fellow in Divisions 12, 25, 33, 37, and 53 of the American Psychological Association, as well as a Fellow in the American Psychological Society and the American Association on Mental Retardation. He was the President of the Association for Behavior Analysis. Dr. Foxx was President of the Division of Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities of the American Psychological Association. He has served as an expert witness in a number of court cases involving the developmentally disabled including Youngberg vs. Romeo which was heard by the U.S. Supreme Court. One of his books, Toilet Training in Less Than a Day, has sold over two million copies and has been translated into seven languages, and one of his training films, "Harry" (the treatment of a self-abusive man), has won numerous cinematic awards. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Assessment in OBM |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Vancouver |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: James W. Jackson (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Three papers on assessment in OBM will be presented. |
|
The Accuracy of Managerial Prediction of Preference Among Employees. |
KRISTEN ROST (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Megan McMahon (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We asked managers to predict items they thought their employees would prefer to earn as part of a performance improvement plan. Next, we asked employees what they would prefer to earn. The managerial predictions were then compared to employee report. |
|
Keeping an Uphill Edge: Using the PDC and PIC/NIC Analysis to Identify and Manage Cleaning Behaviors at a Ski Shop. |
JOSHUA LIVESEY (Appalachian State University), Jessica Doll (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Using Austin’s (1996) PDC we identified 7 cleaning behaviors that were deficient in employees of a local ski shop. Following a 4-week baseline, the 7 cleaning behaviors were monitored and 5 were targeted for an ABC design intervention. A PIC/NIC Analysis (Daniels & Daniels, 2004) suggested the following intervention tactics: a task clarification session, a performance checklist, publicly posted graphic feedback, and private written feedback. After the first phase of the intervention, cleaning behaviors increased 53%, and the second phase of intervention caused an additional 12% increase. In addition, the results suggested response generalization to the 2 cleaning behaviors not targeted for intervention. |
|
Mobile Computing Solutions for Organizational Behavioral Management Applications: Performance Checklists. |
JAMES W. JACKSON (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Recent developments in computer technology and the increasing affordability of devices using that technology have many implications for the field of behavior analysis. Combining the utility of any device running the Windows CE operating system and Microsoft Visual Basic will allow anyone with basic computer skills to design and create custom data collection system applications that are portable and functional. The current presentation describes the development of simple technological solutions for the collection of data in organizational behavior management applications using the Pocket PC and Microsoft Visual Basic. The current presentation describes the methods necessary to create performance checklists that can be customized based on the specific job performance skills targeted, individual subject performance, or group performance. |
|
|
|
|
TeachTown: A Comprehensive Computer-Assisted ABA Treatment Program for Children with Autism |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Regency VII |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christina Whalen (TeachTown) |
Discussant: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
CE Instructor: Christina Whalen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The TeachTown program is based on best-practices from ABA, education, and developmental psychology. The software includes a comprehensive curriculum for children with autism and teaches receptive language, social understanding, self-help, attention, memory, auditory processing, and early academic skills. The software also includes a complete data tracking system which provides the adult with information about the childs progress including prompts, errors, correct responses, etc. In addition, the software includes an innovative communication system where adults can send messages or write session notes. Multiple facilitators can access the program from various locations so that the child can play anywhere without losing any data. The software program also includes a large library of non-computer supplementary activities (based on PRT and other naturalistic programs) which can be printed out and used by any adult (i.e. does not require a trained therapist). A demonstration of the software along with results from 3 research studies will be presented. The potential for using TeachTown and other computer-assisted programs will be discussed. |
|
Facilitating Language and Social Behaviors Using the TeachTown Program. |
CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown), Lars H. Liden (TeachTown), Brooke Ingersoll (Lewis & Clark College), Eric Dallaire (TeachTown), Sven Liden (TeachTown) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders often respond well to treatment programs that incorporate visual learning including pictures and videos. Recently, researchers have begun to study the effects of using computers to teach children with autism and have demonstrated some effectiveness. One of the biggest criticisms of using computers with this population is that it may impede two of the most critical learning areas for children with autism – language and social interaction. In a recent study, language and social behaviors of 4 children with autism and 4 children with other developmental disorders were measured in play and computer sessions with their parents. For the children with autism, inappropriate language and social behaviors decreased and appropriate language and social behaviors increased while on the computer compared to play sessions with the parent. A demonstration of the software will be presented along with research data. |
|
Comparing Teacher-Implemented Discrete Trials to Teach Town: Rate of Acquisition and Generalization. |
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington), Bonnie J. McBride (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Four young children with ASD participated in this intervention. The purpose of this intervention was to compare the rate of acquisition and generalization of receptive vocabulary items taught using teacher-implemented discrete trials and a computer-generated discrete-trial program (i.e., Teach Town). The primary research questions were: (a) which intervention resulted in children learning the vocabulary items more quickly, (b) which intervention resulted in more generalization, and (c) during which intervention did children display more positive affect and behavior. A parallel treatment design was used to answer these questions. Results will be discussed in terms of trials to acquisition and percent of generalized responding. Social validity data will also be presented. |
|
Incorporating TeachTown into a Comprehensive Behavior Analytic Program for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
ELIZABETH J. WYMAN (ASTAR Center), Susan K. Malmquist (ASTAR Center) |
Abstract: Empirical evidence supports the need for 25-40 hours per week of intensive behavioral intervention, for children with autism, most effectively begun at the age of diagnosis. Families often struggle with locating direct service providers to supply these hours, wait lists with ABA providers, and funding these services. Providing this intense number of behavioral therapy hours is a challenge. The utilization of a computer software program to provide discrete trials or to supplement an existing therapy program is one option for families. However there are some pre-requisite skills that must be in place before the computer software can be used as an effective teaching tool (e.g. the ability to remain seated in a chair, isolated pointing, visual scanning, attending). We examined and compared the skills required to utilize the TeachTown software effectively with children who demonstrated the basic prerequisite skills and those who demonstrated few or none. An analysis of these skills as well as the children’s skill acquisition and generalization rates were also considered and analyzed. |
|
|
|
|
SQAB 2006 Tutorial: Applied Modeling and the Identification of Behavioral Mechanisms of Action |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
International Ballroom South |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: : M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), Wendy Donlin Washington (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: A good model will reduce behavior to its fundamental elements. If successful, then this distillation can be exported to other research domains to address mechanistic questions. In our case, for example, the goal is the understanding of how environmental contaminants disrupt operant behavior. We describe our application of models to address the behavioral consequences of exposure to methylmercury: Models of choice using the matching relationship and Shull's mathematical model of behavior as a pattern of engagement bouts. We describe how we selected these models and then the stages of application. For example, with Shull's model we replicate it, extend it to high-rate behavior under percentile and DRH schedules of reinforcement, reproducing its essential features, scale it up and automate parameter estimation it so that it can be applied with a large number of conditions and subjects. Finally, using multiple regression, we test the application to confirm that the model parameters provide independent descriptors of behavior under these reinforcement schedules. The model's parameters can then be used as dependent measures to parse two distinctive effects methylmercury: alterations in reinforcer efficacy and motor competence. In a sense, this application represents, we think, a variation of another model, namely, Pennypacker's model of technology transfer. |
|
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), Wendy Donlin Washington (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Dr. Chris Newland is an Alumni Professor at Auburn University where he and his students conduct research touching on behavioral toxicology, pharmacology, and EAB. He enjoys teaching at all levels and participates in Auburn's master's program in ABA/DD. Dr. Newland completed his doctoral work at Georgia Tech, with a joint minor in mathematics and neurobiology, and held a post-doctoral fellowship at the University at Rochester in Environmental Health. His research has been funded by NIEHS, NIAAA, NIDA, and the EPA and he currently is a member of Neurotoxicology and Alcohol study section for NIH. He is a past president of the Behavioral Toxicology Society, SEABA, and is president elect of the Neurotoxicology Specialty Section of the Society of Toxicology. Dr. Newland claims to apply behavior-analytically derived models because it is helpful in appreciating mechanisms of action and in generalizing effects to humans, so important in Environmental Health. In truth, he does it because it's fun. Dr. Wendy Donlin recently completed her Ph.D. at Auburn University and is currently a post-doc with Ken Silverman in Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins University. She, too, enjoys working with mathematical models of behavior and initiated the application of models used in this talk. [supported by NIH-ES10865]. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Online Learning |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Auburn |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Gudmundur T. Heimisson (University of South Florida) |
|
Empirical Evaluation of Web-Delivered Programmed Instruction using Web Site Data Evaluation Software at: WWW.coedu.usf.edu/~behavior/bam/aba |
Domain: Applied Research |
GUDMUNDUR T. HEIMISSON (University of South Florida), Darrel R. Davis (University of South Florida), Michael A. Cohen (University of South Florida), Kale M. Kritch (Associated Marine Institutes), Darrel E. Bostow (University of South Florida) |
|
Abstract: Data from experimental comparisons of various programmed instruction techniques will be presented. Software developed for the field testing and evaluation of online instructional tutorials will be described. Appropriate dependent measures of various ways of displaying progress through tutorials will be discussed,using the basic dimensions of behavior as grounding for the discussion. Strengths and shortcomings of using traditional psychometric measures of tutorial performance will be discussed. The role of moment-to-moment feedback for ongoing performance during programmed instruction will be evaluated using comparison data. |
|
The Matching Law and Online Learning |
Domain: Basic Research |
BRIAN J. COWLEY (Park University), Andrew Johnson (Park University), Jean Mandernach (Park University) |
|
Abstract: The matching law is a theory of choice. It does not predict what behavior will be chosen, but predicts the fraction of the day that a behavior will be chosen. It is possible that the matching law can be applied to online learning and may assist in the analysis on how to develop a formal online learning environment. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Bridging the Gap Between Basic and Applied Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Roswell |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Angeliki Gena (University of Athens, Greece) |
|
Bridging the Gap: Implementing Behavioral Techology in a Positive Behavior Support System |
Domain: Theory |
ANDREE FLEMING-HOLLAND (Universidad Veracruzana) |
|
Abstract: In recent years Martin Seligman and others have advanced the study of what is being called positive psychology in the APA community. Behavior technology has always been one of the instrumental technologies in establishing positive behaviors, beginning with Wolpian desensitization techniques and continuing with the considerable research on coping stategies. Now behavioral science is at a point where these diverse methodologies need to be systematized so that we can bridge the gap between science and practice and concentrate on prevention techniques in the field of health psychology. |
|
Bridging Basic and Applied Research: The Case of Generalized Imitation |
Domain: Theory |
ANGELIKI GENA (University of Athens, Greece) |
|
Abstract: Conducting experimental analyses of human behavior requires carefully controlled conditions, such as laboratory settings. For such an analysis to be meaningful, though, it is important to deal with issues that aim to solve problems that have social significance. Under this light, basic and applied research need to be coordinated in order to provide solutions for important issues concerning human behavior. Behavior analytic research in generalized imitation is one case in which such coordination has been achieved, because it incorporates both careful experimental analysis of typical infant and child imitative behavior, as well as applications of those findings toward improving the imitative repertoire of children with developmental disabilities. Research findings of the generalized imitation paradigm will be discussed in order to demonstrate this point and the importance of bridging basic and applied research toward a unified behavior analytic technology. |
|
|
|
|
|
Doing FAP, ACT, and DBT, or Creating Another Acronym? Integrating the Third-Wave Behavior Therapies |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Kennesaw |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sara J. Landes (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
ROBERT J. KOHLENBERG (University of Washington) |
JOANNE DAHL (University of Uppsala, Sweden) |
DANIEL J. MORAN (MidAmerican Psychological Institute) |
Abstract: Sara Landes, a doctoral graduate student, will present a therapy case of a non-self injuring adult female client with depressive symptoms and Borderline Personality Disorder. How do clinical behavior analysts address the issues of pervasive behavioral repertoire deficits found in clients such as this client? Discussion will include suggestions about how to conceptualize and treat this case from the standpoint of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT), and other behavior analytic standpoints. |
|
|
|
|
SQAB 2006 Tutorial: Creating Artificial Behavior: A Tutorial on Modeling |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
International Ballroom South |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: John E. R. Staddon (Duke University) |
Presenting Authors: : A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: A model that generates good approximations to real behavior can help us see how behavior works. Both moment-to-moment features of behavior as shown in cumulative records and global input-output functions as derived from parametric studies of reinforcement schedules can be simulated by a variant of Skinner’s Reflex Reserve. Skinner’s model, in which reinforced responses added to a reserve depleted by later responding, could not handle the higher rates maintained by intermittent than by continuous reinforcement, but would have worked if not just the last but also earlier responses preceding a reinforcer, each weighted by a delay gradient, contributed to the reserve. With this modification, reinforcement schedules generate steady states in which reserve decrements produced by responding balance increments produced when reinforcers follow responding. Some recommendations about modeling follow from this example: (1) Be explicit about the terms, units and dimensions that enter into the model; (2) Study intermediate details of the simulation, not just end-products, but keep things simple by minimizing inferred entities; (3) Avoid transformations that distance behavior from contingencies or reduce absolute measures to relative ones; and, (4) Design the model so variables can be tinkered with much as experimenters tinker with them in the laboratory. |
|
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
A. Charles Catania began his career in behavior analysis in Fall 1954, when he enrolled in Fred Keller’s course in introductory psychology. That course included a weekly laboratory on the behavior of rats, and Catania continued working with rats and pigeons and other organisms over subsequent decades. In Spring 2004, having closed his pigeon laboratory the previous summer, he celebrated his half century of animal lab activity with a rat demonstration in an undergraduate learning course. During those decades, he had examined the behavior engendered and maintained by a variety of reinforcement schedules, with an abiding interest in relating schedule performances to fundamental behavioral processes such as the delay-of-reinforcement gradient. He was also increasingly impressed by the striking parallels between biological accounts of evolution in terms of Darwinian natural selection and behavior analytic accounts of operant behavior in terms of the selection of behavior by its consequences. He regards the refinement and extension of selectionist accounts as crucial prerequisites for analyses of our own behavior as behavior analysts, including the verbal and nonverbal behavior that enters into our construction of theories and models. |
|
|
|
|
Presidential Scholar's Address: What's the Matter with Memory? |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Centennial Ballroom I & II |
Chair: Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University) |
|
Presidential Scholar's Address: What's the Matter with Memory? |
Abstract: Suggestion can distort memory and also make people believe that they had experiences that they didn't have. People have been led to remember nonexistent events from the recent past as well as non-existent events from their childhood. They can be led to falsely believe that they have had familiar experiences, but also rather bizarre or implausible ones. They can be led to believe that they did things that would have been impossible (e.g., shaking hands with Bugs Bunny during a trip to Disneyland). They can be led to falsely believe that they had experiences that would have been highly traumatic had they actually happened. False beliefs have consequences for people, affecting later thoughts, intentions, and behaviors. For example, people who are led to believe that as children they got sick eating particular foods show avoidance of those foods later on. If false memories can be so readily planted in the mind, what does it say about the nature of memory? |
|
ELIZABETH LOFTUS (University of California, Irvine) |
|
Elizabeth Loftus is Distinguished Professor at the University of California - Irvine. She holds faculty positions in both Criminology, Law & Society and in Psychology and Social Behavior. She received her Ph.D. in Psychology from Stanford University. Since then, she has published 20 books and over 400 scientific articles. Loftus's research of the last 30 years has focused on human memory, eyewitness testimony and also on courtroom procedure. She has shown that human memory is highly malleable; Details can be altered, and entire events can be planted into people's memories. These findings have important implications for the legal system and its use of memory as evidence. She has been recognized for this research with five honorary doctorates and election to the National Academy of Sciences. She has served as President of the American Psychological Society, and twice as President of the Western Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
|
|
#71 International Poster Session - AUT |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Grand Hall |
|
1. Brief Functional Analysis and Treatment of Elopement. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Elizabeth A. Hill (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Kristin DiNovi (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Stefanie H. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Megann Czekalski (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Christine H. Masterson (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: Previous research has examined brief functional analysis (BFA) methodologies in order to make experimental demonstration of behavioral functions more practical in an outpatient setting (Wallace & Iwata, 1999; Kahng & Iwata, 1999; Wacker et al. 1994; Derby et. al, 1992). To date, these methodologies have not been applied to the assessment and treatment of elopement. The purpose of this study was (a) to use BFA methodologies to empirically demonstrate the function of elopement demonstrated by two preschoolers, and (b) develop a function-based intervention derived from the results of the BFA. In phase one, a BFA consisting of 5-minute sessions with 4 to 5 repetitions of each condition (ignore for Brian only, attention, toy play, demand, and tangible) was conducted with each participant. In phase two, the efficacy of a function-based intervention (noncontingent reinforcement for Brian and functional communication training for Gary) was assessed using a pairwise design. Both participants’ rates of elopement were differentially lower during the implementation of the function-based intervention relative to baseline. Collectively, these results demonstrated that brief functional methodologies could be applied successfully to the assessment and treatment of elopement. Exact agreement averaged at least 80% during sessions for both participants. |
|
|
2. Behavioral Assessment and Intervention Supporting Dental Compliance for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL M. HUCKFELDT (Southern Illinois University), Anthony J. Cuvo (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This study explores procedures for providing dental services to children with autism from a behavioral perspective. Participants in the study were children with autism who exhibited problem behaviors during typical dental routines. These challenging behaviors included: crying, aggression, self-injurious behavior, non-compliance, and eloping. Children in the study were first given an oral assessment by a dental hygienist to determine their level of tolerance for simple dental procedures. Children who did not comply with the oral assessment were involved in Experiment 1 of the study, which consisted of a multi-faceted intervention, including video-modeling and systematic desensitization. Children who tolerated the oral assessment were given a dental cleaning. Children who did not tolerate the cleaning were involved in Experiment 2 of the study. This phase of the study utilized a multi-faceted intervention, including visual schedules and desensitization procedures. Both experiments used a multiple-probe design across responses, and measured child behavior as well as treatment integrity. Implications from the findings may include: new procedures for managing behavior problems in a dental setting, a usable behavior assessment device for dental professionals, and better dental hygiene for this population. |
|
|
3. A Comparison of Systematic Manipulations in Analog and Natural Environments in a Public School Setting. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE D. HAGENLOCHE (Newton Public Schools), James T. Ellis (Melmark New England), Katie Towle (Newton Public Schools) |
Abstract: A functional analysis was conducted on the stereotypic behavior (motor and vocal) of a 4-year old boy diagnosed with autism. The functional analysis was conducted in a public preschool, in both an analog setting and in the student's inclusion classroom. Ten minute sessions were run over a period of approximately 8 weeks. Interobserver agreement was conducted in 100% of sessions and averaged above 85%. Conditions were individualized to test specific functional hypotheses for this student. Conditions included alone, alone-large group , play, large-group instruction, small-group instruction, social attention-verbal, social attention non-verbal, high demand, and low demand. Where applicable, conditions were implemented across the analog and natural environments. Results led to changes in the behavior intervention procedures employed throughout the student's day. |
|
|
4. Treatment Analysis of Finger Play Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AURELIE WELTERLIN (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lauren McSorley (Rutgers University), Jana Horowitz (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Children with autism often exhibit a wide range of repetitive, non-goal directed behavior (i.e., stereotypy). Such behavior tends to persist in the absence of social stimuli, and is termed “automatic reinforcement”. Automatically-reinforced behavior (e.g., hand flapping) often interferes with social interaction and learning opportunities. Given that the cause of such behavior is unknown (or internal), it is often difficult to treat effectively. One procedure that has garnered empirical support in the treatment of automatically reinforced behavior is differential reinforcement of low rates of behavior (DRL). The present study used a single subject design to evaluate the effectiveness of DRL for reducing automatically-reinforced finger play in a seven year old child with autism. The DRL procedure, in conjunction with other antecedent strategies, resulted in a 91.7% decrease in hand play (100.8 instances per hour to 8.4 instances per hour). In addition, a component analysis was conducted to determine what parts of the intervention package were critical. Implications for the treatment of automatically-reinforced behavior will be discussed. |
|
|
5. Component Analysis of Variables Maintaining Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARK J. PALMIERI (Rutgers University), Karen L. Lenard (Temple University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities often engage in self-injurious behavior that persists in the absence of social stimuli (i.e., automatic reinforcement). Identifying items or activities that effectively compete with automatically reinforced self-injury has proven to be an effective treatment option (e.g., Piazza, Adelinis, Hanley, Goh, & Delia, 2000). In the current investigation, a series of functional analyses were conducted for an adolescent autistic male referred for the assessment and treatment of severe self injury (i.e., head/object hitting). Although self-injurious episodes occurred frequently while at school (35 events per hour), rates of self-injury remained near zero rates while at home. It was found that the student was allowed free access to paper shredding and a couch while in the home setting. A component analysis was conducted to identify the critical variables that competed with self-injury. Four modified ignore conditions were run as part of the functional analysis (a standard ignore, ignore with paper shredding, ignore while resting on a sofa and a combined ignore condition with both shredding and the sofa available. A 68.3% decrease in self-injury was observed during the ignore condition with access to the sofa. |
|
|
6. Stimulus Preference Assessment and Prerequisite Skills: Comparison of Procedures and Predictors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY A. CLAUSEN (Southern Illinois University), Anthony J. Cuvo (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Past research has investigated many different procedures for assessing preferences for individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. There has been some agreement that there are advantages and disadvantages associated with each type. Much of this research has focused solely on the characteristics of the preference assessment methods rather than including the characteristics or skills of the individual being assessed. This study investigated possible pre-requisite skills needed for children with autism to successfully complete three methods of assessing preferences. An initial assessment of joint attention, scanning and choice making behaviors was conducted with four children with autism. Next, each child's preferences were assessed using restricted free operant, paired stimulus, and multiple stimulus without replacement procedures. The results were compared in terms of similarities and differences among the three assessments as well as the likelihood that each would identify items that would function as reinforcers. Scores on the initial pre-requisite skills assessment were then compared in order to establish if low scores (indicating a lack of the possible needed skills) correlated with high percentages of aberrant behavior or a low probability of identifying stimuli that function as reinforcers for each type of preference assessment. |
|
|
7. Functional Analysis of Episodic Self-Injury Correlated to Possible Sinus Infections and a Sensory Integration Technique |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STACY L. CARTER (Tennessee Technological University), John J. Wheeler (Tennessee Technological University) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe a functional analysis conducted to evaluate the self-injurious behavior of a 4-year-old male diagnosed with autism. The functional analysis was conducted in the presence and absence of a possible sinus infection. The functional analysis also evaluated the influence of a sensory integration technique (weighted vest) on the self-injury. The functional analysis was conducted during periods when the child was wearing a weighted vest and when a weighted vest was not being worn. The results revealed that the self-injurious behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement while in the presence of a possible sinus infection. Additionally, the weighted vest was found to have no influence on the occurrence of self-injury. The implications of these results will be discussed with respect to the inclusion of biological events during functional analysis sessions and the use of weighted vests as a treatment for self-injury. |
|
|
8. The Use of Conditional Probabilty to Identify Precursor Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANK L. BIRD (Melmark New England), Lisa Dunn (Melmark New England), Daniel Almeida (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Functional analysis has been shown to be an effective means of identifying environmental variables of challenging behaviors. A limitation of functional analysis is that the assessment evokes problem behaviors which may put the individual at significant risk. A method to reduce this risk is to identify precursor behaviors and to implement functional analysis on these behaviors. Smith and Churchill (2002) demonstrated the functional analysis of precursor behaviors and successfully inferred the maintaining determinants for the problem behaviors based on this analysis. The authors noted that a limitation to their study was that the precursor behaviors were not identified in any systematic manner. The study in this proposal utilized conditional probability via descriptive analysis to identify precursor behaviors to severe self-injury. The study demonstrated that the precursor behaviors reliably preceded the self-injury and did not occur at other times. The results of this study enabled clinicians to complete functional analysis on the precursor behaviors as a means to determine the environmental determinants of the self-injury and minimized the risks to this individual. |
|
|
9. Preference Assessment for Auditory Stimuli via Microswitch Activation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GLENN M. SLOMAN (University of Florida), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin, Madison), Elizabeth L.W. McKenney (University of Florida), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Preference assessments experimentally identify a stimulus or activity as a potential reinforcer. Typically, preference assessments have been conducted using leisure activities, manipulative items, edibles, tasks and visuals to compete with or provide alternatives to self-injurious, stereotypy, and other aberrant behavior or to choose from available intervention options. A variety of modes of preference selection has included direct item manipulation, picture selection, approach responding, and verbal statement. In addition, Hanley et al. (1997) previously used three different colored microswitches to determine preference among various behavioral interventions. In the current experiment we extend the data base on preference assessments by evaluating three auditory stimuli (i.e. songs) via use of microswitch activation with a child diagnosed with autism. The preference assessment was based on DeLeon, Iwata, Conners, and Wallace (1999) to determine the target child’s preferred song as measured by duration of song play across five, three trial sessions with a single stimulus presentation. The participant engaged in a simple operant response to activate a microswitch playing 10 seconds of a song. Differential responding was shown across songs, establishing song preference. Interrater agreement was collected on duration and frequency ranging from 92.5% to 94.4% and from 76.5% to 94.7%, respectively. |
|
|
10. Noncontingent Escape and Instructional Fading to Decrease Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
LAURA BUTLER (The May Institute) |
Abstract: The following study was done to assess the functional relationships between problem behavior and certain environmental situations. The behavior in this study was aggression, self-injurious behavior, and tantrum. One individual was observed across multiple conditions including conditions similar to Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman & Richman 1982/1994, different staff and different types of demands. The results showed that problem behavior occurred particularly, when the demand was related to a task demand. I extended the research on the placement of noncontingent escape with instructional fading to reduce behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. During noncontingent escape with the instructional fading, escape from task demands was delivered on a fixed time schedule independent of the student’s behavior. Instructional fading was added to the fixed-time schedule dependent on the student’s problem behavior. The results showed that implementing noncontingent escape with instructional fading was an effective procedure for reducing problem behavior in a child with Autism. |
|
|
11. Effects of Antecedents on Social Behaviors of Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TAKETO NAKAO (University of Florida), Glenn M. Sloman (University of Florida), Elizabeth McKee (University of Florida), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida) |
Abstract: This poster presentation will describe the findings from a federally funded project focusing on the development of functional assessment strategies and corresponding interventions to facilitate social skills in young children (ages 2 – 5 years old) with Autism Spectrum Disorders. The purpose of the presentation is to provide results of the effects of antecedent intervention conditions on the social behaviors of a student with autism. A three phase process was employed to identify potential antecedent interventions. In the first phase, descriptive observation was conducted to identify naturally occurring antecedent events relevant to social interaction. Following the observation, a structural analysis was conducted to experimentally validate antecedent events identified through the descriptive observation process. Finally, the results of the structural analysis were used to generate a treatment plan. The results of the study indicated that small group activities, including computer games and games with rules were more likely to increase social behaviors than a cognitive activity. Data were collected in a separated classroom setting during school hours by trained graduate research assistants. Inter-rater reliability ranged from 75% to 100%, and averaged 90% on the frequency of social behaviors and 99% to 100% and averaged 99% on duration on antecedent conditions. |
|
|
12. Are Teachers Aware of Consumer Preferences? Comparison of Teacher Report and Data-Based Preference Assessment in an Adult Program for Individuals with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE M. JASCEWSKY (Eden II Programs), Harold Mahecha (Eden II Programs), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs), Anthony Mauro (Eden II Programs), Ginamarie C. Forlenza (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: Many ABA procedures rely on reinforcement and choice making for increasing motivation and decreasing challenging behavior. In order for these procedures to be effective, however, the individual’s preferences must be clearly understood. In recent years, data-based preference assessment procedures have increased the reliability in which consumer preferences are known. Many teachers, however, continue to rely on past experience and other, more subjective methods of determining consumer preferences. The current study was implemented to judge the accuracy of teacher reports of consumer preference by comparing the findings of teacher reports to data-based preference assessment results across 30 adult consumers with autism. Teacher reports included a one-time listing of assumed consumer preferences grouped into three categories of assumed preference strength. Items were then tested within a multiple-item preference assessment and ranked according to potency by recording rank of choice and/or duration of engagement. Results support the use of data-based assessment methods to confirm or correct the opinions of teachers regarding consumer preference. Comparison data between the two methods will be visually displayed. |
|
|
13. The Use of a “Response Clock” Procedure to Reduce Disruptive Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMBER I. MCLEARY (The Bay School), Ethan S. Long (The Bay School), Hollee Schinzel (The Bay School), Laura Newman (The Bay School) |
Abstract: The use of response cost procedures to successfully reduce various problem behaviors has been well documented (Miltenberger, 2001). One of the issues that must be considered when implementing a response cost program is the “social validity” of such a procedure. If the change agent cannot carry out the procedure or if the change agent does not find the procedure acceptable, alternative programs should be considered. The following investigation employed a non-concurrent, multiple baseline design to evaluate the effectiveness of a response cost procedure to decrease disruptive classroom behavior exhibited by two participants with autism. A visual aid in the form of a “Response Clock” was used to facilitate teacher implementation of the procedure. Results demonstrated notable reductions in problem behaviors with the use of the procedure. Social validity data indicated that teachers and caregivers found the use of the procedure highly acceptable and practical for classroom use. The utility of the Response Clock procedure and issues regarding the use of response cost procedures will be discussed. |
|
|
14. An Examination of Behavioral Sensitivity and Persistence in Children Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIC BOELTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gregory A. Lieving (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lisa M. Toole (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Deficits characteristic of autism can be conceptualized as being related to problems with contingency control, which may restrict behavioral sensitivity to changes in the environment, resulting in greater behavioral persistence. To test this hypothesis we compared the performance of children with and without autism on computer tasks. In the current study, preliminary data are presented for two children with autism and one control child. Behavioral sensitivity to environmental changes and behavioral persistence were examined in a two-phase experiment using a touch screen computer. In Phase 1, participants responded on 2-ply concurrent random ratio schedules with nominal reinforcement rates of 1:1, 1:2, and 1:3. The data were analyzed by fitting matching functions according to the generalized matching law. Two parameters, response sensitivity and bias, were estimated using these functions. In Phase 2, resistance-to-change was examined by imposing response-independent reinforcers as disruptors on the concurrent schedule baseline, and measuring proportional changes in response rates as a function of the rate of response-independent reinforcer delivery. Results indicated that the participants diagnosed with autism were less sensitive to the changes in reinforcement schedules and were more persistent in their responding in comparison to the control participant. |
|
|
15. Manipulating Motivating Operations to Reduce Challenging Behavior during Leisure Activities for Persons with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHATURI EDRISINHA (University of Texas, Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (University of Tasmania) |
Abstract: Integrated leisure activities may be difficult to sustain for individuals with autism due to challenging behavior. Consequence-based interventions may be intrusive in such circumstances as they may interfere with peer social interactions. In this study we identified the consequences maintaining challenging behavior for three adults with autism. Prior to leisure activities with same-aged non-handicapped peers we satiated the participants on the consequences maintaining challenging behavior. The results showed a reduction in challenging behavior during leisure activities during satiation conditions. |
|
|
16. The Use of Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement to Decrease Escape, Person Assaults and Self-injurious Behaviour and to Improve the Academic Performance of an Eight-Year Old Student Diagnosed with Au |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCIA WARD (ABACAS Ireland), Jennifer Mary McMullen (ABACAS Ireland), Juliet M. Quinlan (ABACAS Ireland) |
Abstract: In this study concurrent schedules of reinforcement were implemented to decrease person assaults, escape, and self-injurious behaviours. An eight-year old boy diagnosed with autistic spectrum disorder with a full-time placement in an ABA school was chosen as the participant. Assessment occurred in two areas: 1) at school; and 2) at home. The student’s primary caregivers were committed to attending parent educations sessions during both the pre and post intervention phases of the experiment. A functional relationship is demonstrated between the independent and dependent variables. The results illustrated a significant reduction in all three target behaviours as well as improvement in his academic and communicative repertoires. Results in the home were limited by a dearth of reliable data but anecdotal evidence and a motivational assessment presented by the participant’s caregivers suggest that increased rates of reinforcement were matched by proportionally improved behaviour and more fluent speaker and listener behaviour. |
|
|
17. Using Stimulus Equivalnece Procedures to Teach Receptive Emotional Labeling to a Child with Autistic Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FUMIYUKI NORO (University of Tsukuba, Japan) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine the effectiveness of stimulus equivalence procedures for teaching 4 receptive emotional labels (happiness, anger, sadness, and surprise) to a 5-year 9-month-old girl with autistic disorder. Training programs were designed to teach the girl to match schematic expressive faces to printed emotional labels and to match cartoons depicting emotional situations to schematic faces. After both matching tasks met the learning criteria, she showed the unreinforced conditional relations between the printed emotional labels and the emotional situation cartoons, indicating the emergence of stimulus equivalence classes. In addition, the results demonstrated expansion of the equivalence classes to photographs of expressive faces and sentences describing emotion-eliciting situations. |
|
|
18. A Probing Question: Which is More Accurate, "Probe" or "Trial by Trial" Data? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA BARSNESS (Minnesota Early Autism Project) |
Abstract: Data collection is a highly debated topic among behavior analysts. Typically, in early intensive behavioral interventions, there are two camps for data collection. Those who are proponents of "probe data" or time samples, and those who support the more traditional "trial by trial" or event recording procedure. This poster will compare both data collection procedures and determine which is a more accurate representation of actual behavior in this sample of young children with autism. |
|
|
19. Resistance to Extinction and Behavioral Variability in Individuals With and Without Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
HEATHER JENNETT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gregory A. Lieving (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Eric Boelter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lisa M. Toole (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism are characterized by restricted, repetitive, and stereotyped patterns of behavior (DSM-IV, 1994) that may continue even when environmental conditions change. Thus, these individuals may be more resistant to extinction than other individuals. This study uses operant procedures traditionally used in basic research to examine this hypothesis experimentally. Preliminary data will be presented for two participants with autism and one control participant. A computer program with a touch screen monitor was used and all sessions were 10 minutes in length. During baseline, 6 stimuli were present and reinforcement was available contingent upon any 3-touch sequence. Once stability was established, extinction was implemented. It was hypothesized that the participants with autism would show greater resistance to extinction and less extinction-induced behavioral variability than the control participant. Resistance to extinction was measured by calculating the log proportion of baseline rates across sessions of extinction and behavioral variability was measured by U-values (Page & Neuringer, 1985). The results indicate that the responding of the participants with autism was more resistant to extinction than the control participant, however, none of the participants displayed extinction-induced variability in response sequences as indexed by U-values. |
|
|
20. Assessing the Effects of Continuous versus Intermittent Attention on the Persistence of Attention-Maintained Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUELYN M. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that behavioral persistence is related to the rate of reinforcement produced by behavior. Behavioral momentum suggests that more dense schedules of reinforcement produce greater behavioral persistence. However, the partial reinforcement extinction effect suggests that intermittently reinforced behavior has greater response strength relative to continuously reinforced behavior. In the current study, we examined whether continuous (CRF) relative to intermittent (INT) attention would produce differential behavioral persistence. Subsequent to identification of attention as a functional reinforcer, the two conditions were compared. Each condition consisted of four components. Components 1 and 4 were no interaction conditions while component 3 was the extinction component. Component 2 was the reinforcement component and differed according to the condition. In the CRF condition, Component 2 involved continuous reinforcement of the behavior of the participant while in the INT condition, Component 2, involved intermittent reinforcement. Results suggest that behavior was more resistant to extinction following continuous reinforcement. This suggests that adding more reinforcers can increase the persistence of behavior. Interobserver agreement data were collected and consistently exceeded 100%. |
|
|
21. Assessing the Reliability of Descriptive Assessment Tools |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TIFFANEY ESPOSITO (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Descriptive analysis involves direct observation of behavior in the individual’s natural environment. This type of assessment can assist in identifying potential variables that may be contributing to a problem behavior (Mueller, Sterling-Turner & Scattone, 2001). Descriptive analysis tools are commonly utilized in settings for children with developmental delays. Although the information from such tools can be helpful in designing behavior interventions there is a lack of research supporting the reliability of the tools and the reliability of interpreting the data from the tools. In this study completed descriptive assessment tools were reviewed by four senior clinicians. Each clinician was instructed to identify potential antecedents and consequences to the challenging behavior from the data recorded by direct care staff. The clinician’s summarization of the data was then reviewed for reliability. The goal of the study was to determine if each of the four clinicians would identify the same antecedent and consequent events for the targeted behavior, thus suggesting that the tool could be interpreted reliably. Results indicated that there was variability between the four clinicians in regards to their interpretation. The results will be discussed in regards to the potential utility of descriptive assessment tools in the applied setting. |
|
|
22. Functional Analysis of Noncompliance During Discrete Trial Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER ZONA (Dr. Gertrude A. Barber National Institute), Robert Gulick (Dr. Gertrude A. Barber National Institute), Thomas P. Kitchen (Dr. Gertrude A. Barber National Institute), Tara C. Williams (Dr. Gertrude A. Barber National Institute), Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine how social mediation - i.e., the provision or removal of various forms of adult attention, affects student responding during discrete trial instruction. The phenomenon of slow responding or "noncompliance" during discrete trial instruction, while frequently observed in clinical settings, has rarely been the subject of applied research. Using a multi-element design, the present study employed a modified analogue functional analysis to determine functional relations between four common maintaining variables and the response latency/duration of 5 children diagnosed with autism. Analogue sessions were designed to manipulate 1) antecedent positive verbal attention in the form of verbal prompting 2) consequent negative verbal attention in the form of an informational "no" 3) antecedent positive physical attention in the form of physical prompting and 4) the consequent removal of verbal and physical attention in the form of a brief time-out. A fifth analogue served as a control wherein manipulation of these four variables did not occur. |
|
|
23. Using Concurrent Schedules to Determine Preference and Reinforcer Efficacy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGIE CHRISTINE QUERIM (Northeastern University), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Gary M. Pace (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Recent research indicates preference assessments do not always accurately predict reinforcers, suggesting both assessments should be completed to more accurately identify reinforcers. This study examines a procedure that used a paired stimulus preference assessment and a reinforcer assessment with a concurrent schedule measuring both preference and reinforcement. Two responses were available to the participant in a concurrent schedule; by responding to a particular schedule the participant altered the schedule of reinforcement. Results indicated both preference and reinforcer qualities for varied tangible items. |
|
|
24. Extended Functional Analysis of Aggression Maintained by Attention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA DUNN (Melmark New England), John Stokes (Charles River ARC), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Researchers in this study investigated the control that specific environmental variables had on rates of a young woman’s aggressive behavior. An initial functional analysis was conducted to determine the specific function of aggression. Results indicated that the primary function was attention from staff. A second functional analysis was then conducted to investigate the control that specific forms of negative attention from staff had on maintaining high rates of this young woman’s aggressive behavior. Results indicated that high body language and high voice volume maintained aggression. Based off the results of the analysis, a social extinction procedure, along with staff training and a visual volume indicator was implemented. Rates of aggressive behavior remained variable after this intervention was implemented and it was determined that a non-exclusionary time out procedure would be implemented. Through the implementation of the non exclusionary time out procedure, the researchers were able to decrease the frequency of aggressive behavior. The data - displayed graphically – illustrates the two functional analyses that were conducted, as well as the frequency of aggressive behavior decreased with the introduction of the non exclusionary time out procedure. |
|
|
25. Conducting Functional Analyses Across Settings to Identify the Variables that Maintain Screaming Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA DUNN (Melmark New England), John Stokes (Charles River ARC), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Erin Hogan (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Researchers in this study conducted analogue functional analyses of screaming behavior across three different settings with a young girl with autism. The hypothesis was that contextual variables played a significant role in this girl’s challenging behavior. Results obtained from the initial functional analyses illustrated a lack of stability in the data, which made conclusions tentative. After the initial functional analysis was conducted, this young girl’s self-injurious behavior was resulting in significant tissue damage. Since additional rotations of a traditional functional analysis were not going to be practical, a latency functional analysis was conducted across both the school and residential settings. During this analysis, different attention and demand conditions were used in order to further determine what was maintaining challenging behavior. During each condition, a timer was used to determine the start time of the condition and the condition was terminated upon the occurrence of any approximation of screaming behavior. The latency between the onset of the condition and the first occurrence of the behavior helped to determine the variables that maintained challenging behavior for this young girl. The data – displayed graphically – illustrate the results of both the initial functional analyses that were conducted and the results of the latency functional analyses conducted. |
|
|
26. Comparison of the Validity of Comprehensive Measurement Systems to Evaluate Autistic Children |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER E. LOTHAMER (Eastern Michigan University), Marilyn K. Bonem (Eastern Michigan University), Tamara L. Pawich (Eastern Michigan University), Renee Lajiness-O'Neil (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster presentation is a critical review of the literature of various coding and rating systems for comprehensively assessing the behavior of autistic children. Comparisons of these systems will focus on which behaviors are measured and the basis for including a particular set of behaviors. The systems will thus be compared according to the degree to which they are correlated with a variety of indices of validity to include: correspondence to DSM-IV-TR diagnostic symptoms; empirical documentation of the incidence of behaviors in autistic children; demonstrated sensitivity to changes in behavior due to intervention; ability to function successfully in normative social environments; sociometric measures indicating social acceptance by peers and other individuals in the community; and other indicators of social validity such as ratings of social competence. Because the goal of comprehensive behavioral interventions is to change the behavioral repertoires of autistic children so that they more closely approximate those of their normally developing peers, it is important to determine which measurement systems provide the best outcome assessment, measuring those behaviors that indicate success in various educational, social and family settings. |
|
|
27. Increasing Staff Data Collection Using Public Posting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN RICHARD (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: A deficit many students with autism have is difficulty generalizing skills to a variety of settings, people, and contexts. In order to increase generalization it is important to have multiple instructional personnel teach skills throughout the day. It can be challenging for staff to run and collect data on these programs given their other data collection responsibilities. The purpose of this study was to investigate the use of public posting to increase staff data collection on these programs. This study was conducted in a small private school for children with autism. A multiple baseline design was used across four classrooms. During baseline, staff were given no feedback on their data collection. During the public posting condition, weekly averages for each staff person in the classroom as well as a graph displaying the classroom average across time were posted. Results indicated that when public posting was implemented there was an increase in data collection for all classrooms as compared to baseline levels. Covert interobserver agreement data were collected during 29% of the sessions and averaged 96%. Results are discussed in terms of future research for increasing staff data collection in school settings. |
|
|
28. An Examination of the Correlation between Descriptive Assessments and Analogue Functional Analyses |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER A. CASTELLANOS (University of Nevada, Reno), Ginger R. Wilson (Nyansa Learning Corporation), Brooke M. Holland (University of Nevada, Reno), Kristina Landerman (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Descriptive assessments are often used to identify naturally occurring antecedent and reinforcing stimuli in the environment (Lerman and Iwata, 1993; Anderson and Long, 2002). The results of these assessments have been compared to the results of analogue functional analysis in a variety of settings to test their predictive validity, with mixed results (Freeman, et al., 2002). For instance, Mace and Lalli (1991) used descriptive and experimental methods to analyze bizarre speech in an adult male with mental retardation and found that the descriptive method showed two functions, while the analogue analysis only showed one function. Cunningham and O’Neill (2000) compared descriptive assessments with functional analyses results for children with autism and found good agreement across the different methods. In a study by Lerman and Iwata (1993), descriptive and functional analyses were used to determine the function of self injurious behavior and found that the descriptive assessment was useful for determining social and nonsocial contingencies, but not for differentiating between positive and negative reinforcement. This poster will reveal the results of both the descriptive assessments and analogue functional analyses conducted on tantrumming behaviors displayed children with autism. Correlation data between the two assessments will be provided in order to examine the predictive validity of descriptive assessments. |
|
|
29. Development of the Social Interaction Inventory: Preliminary Examination of Application to a Clinic Population |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M. GILLIS MATTSON (Binghamton University), Elizabeth Geoghan (Binghamton University), Brianna Friedman (Binghamton University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (Institute for Child Development) |
Abstract: An effective assessment of children’s social competence and motivation has been a challenge for researchers. The social interaction inventory (SII) is a behavioral measure that is designed to assess four domains of social interaction: Initiation, Social Responsivity, Social Skills, and Social Motivation. The importance of such an inventory is to provide a reliable measure to assess outcomes of behavioral interventions for the development of social competency in children with autism spectrum disorders. In a pilot study, the SII was administered to 13 children with autism spectrum disorder and 13 typical children. The SII was then revised and administered to 15 children with autism. Adaptive social behavior measures were also collected using standardized assessments. Utility of the revised SII with this population is discussed. |
|
|
30. Electronic versus Traditional Data Collection Procedures in a Behavioral Program for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAUREEN CHILDS (Texas Young Autism Project), Kristen McClintock (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions for children with autism rely on a continuous flow of data to make ongoing refinements and evaluate effectiveness. Collecting and recording this data is traditionally accomplished via binders, forms and pencils. Significant amounts of behavior therapist time are required to collect and analyze data, thus reducing time available for programs. New technology, such as the MTrial software, allows data collection using personal digital assistants (PDAs), and data analysis reports through personal computers. This system is designed to reduce time spent on data activities. The present study examined the actual time required for each method for 6 children with autism enrolled in a center-based discrete trial behavioral intervention program. Data were collected from videotaped treatment sessions for 3 months, including training time for each method, daily data collection time and biweekly progress report preparation time. Interobserver agreement was 85%. Results show initial required training time is much less for the electronic method, average daily use time is less for the traditional method for the first 1-2 months, and progress report preparation time is much less for the electronic method. Overall, there is a significant time savings for the electronic method, although the learning curve for daily use is steeper. |
|
|
31. The Effects of Noncontingent Escape on Dropping and Compliance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEFANIE H. PERRIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the utility of noncontingent reinforcement as an effective treatment for reducing rates of problem behavior (Kodak, T. Miltenberger, R. G. & Romaniuk, C., 2003). This study examined the effects of noncontingent escape (NCE) on an eleven-year old male’s rates of dropping. In phase one, a functional analysis of dropping was conducted using a pairwise design. Results of the functional analysis indicated that dropping was maintained by social-negative reinforcement in the form of escape and social-positive reinforcement in the form of access to tangible items. In phase two, the efficacy of NCE on rates of dropping was assessed by comparing differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), escape extinction (EE) and NCE with DRA plus escape extinction using a BAB reversal design. Rates of dropping were differentially lower in the DRA, EE, and NCE condition. These results suggest that noncontingent-negative reinforcement may be beneficial when treating escape maintained dropping. Reliability averaged above 80% across sessions. |
|
|
32. Descriptive Assessment to Identify Variables Maintaining Challenging Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANK L. BIRD (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Descriptive analysis involves direct observation of behavior in the individual’s natural environment. This type of assessment can provide information regarding naturally occurring schedules of reinforcement and identify potential variables that may be contributing to a problem behavior (Mueller, Sterling-Turner & Scattone, 2001). It also may be an effective tool when analogue functional analyses can not be conducted. Despite this benefit, descriptive assessment does not provide causal statements as to the relation between behavior and the environment and because antecedent and consequent stimuli are not controlled, pertinent stimuli may not be observed. Because descriptive tools are utilized within the applied setting as alternatives to analogue analyses, the utility of direct observation needs to be assessed. In this study, conditional probabilities were calculated on the descriptive data to determine the relation between environmental events and challenging behaviors (aggression). The data supported the hypothesis that the student’s challenging behavior was maintained by either negative or positive reinforcement. Based on this information a structured descriptive analysis (SDA) was designed and implemented to determine the role of both positive and negative reinforcement in maintaining this student’s aggressive behaviors. Interventions based on the results from the SDA were implemented and resulted in reduction of the challenging behaviors. |
|
|
33. Two Different Forms of Preference Assessments: A case study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLYN SACHSE (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: The present research is designed to identify at least five activities or tangibles that the student prefers so that they may be used as reinforcers. The preference assessment of physically presenting the items will be compared to a second preference assessment in which the items will be placed with pictures of the actual item to determine whether replacing items in a preferenceassesment with pictures of the items can yield reliable and consistent results |
|
|
34. Analysis of Response Class Hierarchy with Demand-Maintained Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY BETH CULL (Columbia University Medical Center), Kyong-Mee Chung (Columbia University Medical Center) |
Abstract: The results from a functional behavior analysis demonstrated that aggressive behaviors of a 14-year-old boy were maintained by the avoidance of task demands. An analysis of response class hierarchy was conducted because caregiver reports and informal observations suggested that the boy’s 3 types of problem behaviors (resting, verbal aggression, and aggression) belonged to the same response class. The results of the analysis were consistent with caregiver reports and informal observations. The boy engaged in these problem behaviors in a specific order. He escalated to the next level of the hierarchy when a certain behavior did not succeed in removing the demand placed on him. The importance of determining the existence of a response hierarchy when managing problem behaviors and creating an effective treatment program will be briefly discussed. |
|
|
35. Functional Analysis and Intervention for Self-Injurious Behavior and Aggression in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SANDRA BLACK (May South), Michele Wixson (May South), Bradley S. Bezilla (May South) |
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior and aggressive behavior negatively impact social and educational skill acquisition. In the study, we conducted a functional analysis to develop a comprehensive behavior plan to address self-injurious behavior and aggression in a 6-year-old child with autism. A functional analysis was conducted at the child's home utilizing both parents and staff trained in functional analysis. Information relevant to functions, antecedents and establishing operations were combined to develop a comprehensive behavior plan. Data will be presented on the functional analysis and intervention (including baseline and treatment phases). |
|
|
36. Performing a Functional Analysis on Problem Behavior in a School Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BECKY CUTLER (Child Life Education), Michael F. Dorsey (Simmons College) |
Abstract: This study looked a performing a functional analysis on problem behavior of a seven year boy with Autism within a private school setting. The purpose of this study was to find the possible function of the problem behavior. A functional assessment was conducted which included an ABC, scatterplot and MAS, and an interview of the student’s team of teachers. Problem behavior was defined as any instance of the student screaming, crying, flopping to the floor, kicking or bolting. Throughout the assessment phase, careful attention was given to the antecedent and consequence that followed the behavior. Problem behaviors seemed to decrease in duration depending on the amount of verbal and social attention was given to the student. A functional analysis was conducted with two phases; attention and no attention. Results showed that tantrums decreased in time and frequency when attention was not given to behavior. Interobserver agreement was 100% throughout all sessions. Overall, the results from the analysis, helped decrease the problem behavior for all future occurrences. When new topographies of behaviors emerge, the same consequences are given successfully. |
|
|
37. Assessing and Decreasing Escape-maintained Stereotypic Behaviors in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMBER ROSE JOHNSON (Glenwood Resource Center), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center), Connie Christ Taylor (Midland Lutheran College) |
Abstract: A brief functional analysis was conducted in an applied setting to assess the functions of non-injurious stereotypic behaviors in a seven-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. A brief functional analysis indicated that stereotypic behaviors were maintained by escape and sensory reinforcement. A compliance training procedure was implemented to reduce escape-maintained stereotypic behaviors utilizing an ABAB research design. Mean rates of escape-maintained stereotypic behaviors were reduced from approximately 33% to less than 4%. Interobserver agreement averaged 98%. The results demonstrated that a brief functional analysis conducted in an applied setting was successful in identifying the multiple functions of the child’s stereotypic behaviors and that compliance training was effective in reducing escape-maintained stereotypic behaviors. |
|
|
38. Conditioning the Computer as a Reinforcer to Decrease Stereotype |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS), Gretchen O'Sullivan (Columbia University Teachers College), Claire S. Cahill (Columbia University Teachers College), Alexis Dworetzky (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: Two eight year old females, Student A and Student B, who were diagnosed with autism participated in this study. They are identical twins. Student A and Student B had very few conditioned reinforcers, and emitted high rates of passive behavior and stereotypy. The participants were given access to the computer for 5 minutes while activity, stereotypy, and passivity were recorded in 5 second intervals. Baseline measurements showed that the computer was not a conditioned reinforcer. Both Student A and Student B achieved criterion for increased time intervals of playing a computer game. Probe sessions identical to baseline were conducted with Student A and Student B. After the baseline, they were conditioned to play on the computer during training sessions in which computer was paired with a conditioned reinforcer. The levels of interaction with the computer were raised significantly while stereotypy and passivity decreased drastically for both students. |
|
|
39. Comparing Assessments for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BETSY WURSTNER (Temple University) |
Abstract: Various assessments for children with Autism are currently available and widely used. This poster will provide information comparing assessment outcomes for children with Autism using a within subjects design. |
|
|
40. Does The Number Of Programs Being Taught To A Young Child With Autism In Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Affect Skills Acquisition And Generalization |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Nicole Walton-Allen (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: Typically, young children with autism receiving early intensive behavioral intervention acquire skills through the implementation of several instructional programs each session. During a three-hour session, individual children may be receiving 10 to 20 different instructional programs, each lasting about 15 minutes. Depending on the length of the session, the nature of the instructional programs, and characteristics of the child, each program may be run more than once in a session. With all else being equal, the greater the number of programs presented to the child, the fewer repeat exposures the child would have on any one program. This poster will describe the results of a study comparing the acquisition rate of skills when children are being taught 20 different programs at a time to 10 different programs at a time. |
|
|
|
|
#72 International Poster Session - CBM |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Grand Hall |
|
41. Brief Analysis of Choice Making in the Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JACHELLE LOWE (Idaho State University), Denise Van Stone (Idaho State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University), Lloyd D. Peterson (Idaho State University), Jessica E. Frieder (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: There is a growing body of literature on the use of concurrent schedules of reinforcement for treatment of problem behavior identified as escape motivated. In these studies, different qualities and durations of reinforcement have been provided when children request breaks from tasks as compared to when they chose to complete work. This research has shown that this is an effective intervention for children displaying negatively-reinforced problem behaviors (Peck et al., 1996; Peterson et al. 2005). However, much of the research has been conducted over long-periods of time. A more brief method of assessing the effects of concurrent schedules of reinforcement during treatment is needed when children are referred for outpatient evaluations of problem behavior. Previous research has demonstrated the robustness of brief functional analysis (Northup et al., 1991) in determining the function of problem behaviors (Khang & Iwata, 1999). Golonka et al. (2000) extended the brief functional analysis by evaluating choices between concurrently available reinforcement schedules in brief, outpatient settings. During the choice-making analysis quality of reinforcement provided for work and break choices was manipulated. Results extended Peck et al. (1996) findings by demonstrating that the quality of the reinforcement will influence the choices made by a child. |
|
|
42. Behavioral Versus Social-cognitive Explanations for the Effects of Praise on Intrinsic Motivation: A Comparative Study |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA M. HARRIS (Western Michigan University), John Carton (Oglethorpe University) |
Abstract: Substantial research suggests that tangible rewards undermine intrinsic motivation while praise appears to enhance it. Social-cognitive researchers, based on cognitive evaluation theory, assert that praise often augments intrinsic motivation because it tends to be perceived as informational while tangible rewards appear to be perceived as controlling or amotivating (Deci & Ryan, 1999). In contrast, behavioral researchers propose that the observed differential effects can be attributed to differences in reward delivery (e.g., discrimination training) and support the use of both types of rewards when appropriately administered (Carton, 1996). The present study tested the hypothesis that the effects of praise are due to discrimination training and not to an inherent informational characteristic of praise. Participants were administered the typical methodology used to study the effects of praise on intrinsic motivation with the addition that the discriminative stimuli signaling availability of praise were manipulated experimentally. The results of a 4 (reward condition) X 3 (time) factorial MANOVA supported the discrimination training account for the effects of praise on intrinsic motivation (F = 40.94, p < .001). Implications for the use of reinforcement in applied settings are discussed. Key words: praise, discrimination training, intrinsic motivation |
|
|
43. The Effect of Response Cost on the Performance of Morning Routines in an Adolescent |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBERT LECLERC (School of Psychology, University of Ottawa), Catherine Vincent (School of Psychology, University of Ottawa) |
Abstract: Performing morning routines within a reasonable time period seems to be a challenge for at least some adolescents, especially on school days. Although this problem may have important negative consequences such as conflict with parents and repeated school tardiness resulting in school suspension, research data on effective behavioral strategies are lacking. The present study assessed the effect of a response cost strategy which consisted of taking off points when the participant took more time than allowed for completing components of a morning routine behavioral sequence. There were four targeted behavioral components: getting out of bed, completing breakfast, showering, and getting dress. Each component was treated sequentially, following a multiple-baseline design across behaviors. Also, the upper limit of the allowed time for completing for each behavioral component was gradually decreased to a level which was determined acceptable by both the participant and his mother; this procedure followed a changing-criterion design. Each day, the participant received 10 points, which were exchanged either immediately or later for a preferred activity or object. Results showed that for each behavioral component, time objectives were reached upon the introduction of the response cost strategy. Follow-up data showed the maintenance of the behavioral changes. |
|
|
44. An Experimental Analysis of Nondirective Play Therapy |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KEITH M. WILSON (Eastern Illinois University), Heather Sawyer (Eastern Illinois University), Kevin M. Jones (Miami University), Jessica Beckett (Eastern Illinois University), Jane E. Wilson (Sexual Assault Counseling and Information Service) |
Abstract: An experimental analysis of nondirective play therapy was conducted. The participant was a developmentally normal 6 year old female with a history of physical and sexual abuse. The impact of nondirective play therapy components, including fixed time (FT) therapist attention, absence of demands, and environmental enrichment, on inappropriate play was compared to a control condition using a reversal design. The experimental conditions resulted in a consistent decrease in inappropriate play. Implications for a component analysis of nondirective play therapy are discussed. |
|
|
45. Sensory Activity Rotation decreases Self-Injury by Children with Disabilities: Antecedent Management for Home and Hospital |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
KIMBERLY D. BELLIPANNI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Adrianna M. Amari (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Self-injurious behaviors (SIB) are maintained by various functions. Children who engage in SIB may engage in the behaviors in order to produce self-stimulation because they are unable to change their environment or access sensory stimulation independently. When children are unable to access various forms of stimulation in their environment, an increase in undesirable behavior (e.g., head-banging) may be observed. A behavioral protocol in which children are exposed to a variety of activities across sensory modalities according to a timed schedule may be helpful in reducing the occurrence of SIB. This study describes the use of an activities rotation protocol in reducing inappropriate behavior (i.e., self-injury) in children with complex medical conditions receiving inpatient or outpatient services from a pediatric psychology consultation program. Systematic data collection and analysis across conditions were used to assess reduction of SIB during periods of unstructured time when the protocol was or was not in place. Results are discussed in the context of the unique challenges of caring for children with disabilities who are entirely dependent on caregivers for stimulation and activity change. Key Words: Self-injury, Pediatrics, Sensory stimulation |
|
|
46. Linking Assessment to Individualized Intervention for Children with Selective Mutism |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
VALERIE J. GORTMAKER (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Vivian Chen (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Selective Mutism (SM) is defined as persistent failure to speak in specific social situations (e.g., school, with classmates) where speaking is expected, despite speaking in other situations (e.g., home, with parents). From a behavioral perspective, SM occurs as a function of variables in the individual’s environment (e.g., antecedents, discriminative stimuli, consequences). The form, rate, magnitude, and duration of SM can vary across settings, context, and individuals. Thus, an idiographic approach to treat children with SM is critical. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of using behavioral strategies (e.g., shaping, stimulus fading, reinforcement) for treating SM. There exists minimal information, however, regarding clear assessment strategies, case conceptualization, and the linkage of assessment data to individualized interventions. Two case illustrations are provided in this study to demonstrate the assessment procedures (e.g., interview across informants, school observation), case conceptualization, and the linkage between assessment data to individualized interventions. Case 1 is a 10-year-old male with severely limited communication including only use of minimal non-verbal gestures to peers and teachers. Case 2 is a 7-year-old male who verbally converses with peers, chorally responds to class-wide questions using simple words, and uses non-verbal gestures to peers and teachers. |
|
|
47. Effect of Early Gradual Attendance Techniques on School Refusal Caused by Bullied Experience in a Fifth Grade Boy |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHIGEKI SONOYAMA (University of Tsukuba, Japan) |
Abstract: School refusal is also one of the most common problems seen by clinical child psychologist in Japan. Because school refusal is a heterogeneous condition, treatment method should be specific to the condition of the case. In this case study, I treated school refusal behavior in a fifth grade boy who had been bullied by his classmates in the school, then became to refuse attending school in the middle of July, necessitated to transfer to another school at the beginning of September, and referred to author at the beginning of November. I applied the early gradual attendance techniques that were composed of behavioral counseling with him and his mother using attending school schedule and behavioral contract. Although he gradually attended school through behavioral counseling using attending school schedule, he was unable to attend all school days until the end of February. Since behavioral contract was introduced in the beginning of March, however, he not refused attending school and became to attend all school day long at the end of March. His full attendance was maintained in 6 months follow-up period. This case suggests the effect of gradual attendance technique on school refusal behavior as psychogenic reactions to traumatic experience, i.e. bullied experience. |
|
|
48. Brief Analysis of Choice Making in the Assessment of Problem Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DENISE VAN STONE (Idaho State University), Jachelle Lowe (Idaho State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University), Jessica E. Frieder (Idaho State University), Lloyd D. Peterson (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Harding, Wacker, Berg, Cooper, Asmus, Mlela, & Muller (1999) analyzed the effects of positive and negative reinforcement affected response allocation between problem behavior, time allocation, and compliance to parent requests. The purpose of the present study was to analyze the effects of different types of positive reinforcement provided in concert with negative reinforcement compared to negative reinforcement alone during a brief functional analysis of problem behavior. Unlike Harding et al. (1999), the present study allowed the participant to escape to one of two play areas contingent upon the occurrence of problem behavior. First, a play area containing toys and adult attention was pitted against a play area containing neither toys nor attention. Next, a play area containing toys but no adult attention was pitted against a play area containing adult attention but no toys. Results are consistent with Harding et al. (1990) and other studies that have shown the influence of positive reinforcement on negatively reinforced problem behavior. Results also extend the findings of Harding et al. (1999). This study also illustrated the efficiency of embedding choice making into a brief functional analysis because it allowed for the identification of both positive and negative reinforcement functions for problem behavior simultaneously. |
|
|
49. Diagnostic and Functional Relations among Typically Developing Adolescents |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA SCHARTON (Utah State University), Clint Field (Utah State University), Megan Bork (Utah State University), Jaclyn King (Utah State University), Donna L. Stewart (Girls and Boys Town), Nancy L. Foster (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael L. Handwerk (Father Flanagan's Boys Home) |
Abstract: Functional assessment methodology has developed considerably over the past decade and is supported by a tremendous amount of empirical data (e.g., Cooper et.al., 1992; Mace & Lalli, 1991; Northup, et.al., 1997). However, mixed data and arguments have been presented describing the relationship shared by traditional diagnostic categories and hypothesized functions of behavior. Some have argued that traditional diagnostic concepts should be replaced with a functional typology that may possess improved reliability and validity. However, given the absence of clear data describing the relations shared among these typologies additional data collection seems warranted. This study evaluated relations observed among categories within the Diagnostic and Statistics Manual (4th-TR)and hypothesized function of behavior as reported by parents through the use of a functional assessment strategies. Data was collected for 350 typically developing adolescents. A series of correlational analyses were conducted and will be presented. This study contributes to our understanding of functional assessment methodology by targeting cognitively average adolescents and by assessing functional and diagnostic typologies to better understand convergent and divergent relations that exist. Discussion focuses on the advantages and disadvantages of various behavioral nomenclatures in light of the current findings. |
|
|
50. Parent Training with an Enhanced Individualized Video Feedback Component |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE QUINTERO (Syracuse University), Leah K. Brzuszkiewicz (Syracuse University), Laura Lee McIntyre (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: The current study utilized group-based parent training (GT) and individualized video feedback (IVF) in a multiple baseline design across four mother-child dyads to decrease maternal inappropriate behavior during play with her preschooler with DD. All mothers received group parent training in the form of the Incredible Years Basic Early Childhood Training (conducted by the 2nd author) and either 1, 2, or 3 sessions of supplemental IVF treatment (conducted by the 1st author). Data were collected and coded during weekly videotaped observations of mother-child play in the family home. IVF sessions involved providing positive and corrective feedback to the mother upon viewing the videotaped play session. Additionally, appropriate replacement behaviors were identified, modeled, and practiced. Results suggest that the GT + IVF combined treatment was effective in decreasing the inappropriate behavior of all four mothers involved in the study. Discussion focuses on the utility of IVF as a supplement to group-based parent training to enhance treatment outcomes and generalization and maintenance effects. |
|
|
51. Assessment of Compliance Generalization throughout Treatment in Errorless Compliance Training |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA K. ARVANS-FEENEY (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Ducharme and colleagues developed errorless compliance training, a parent training technique that excludes disciplinary procedures (e.g., response cost or time out). The current study addresses whether, while training compliance to easier requests, the overall level of compliance to more difficult requests increases without direct training. Parents included in the study reported noncompliance with their 3-10 year old children. Parent-training sessions, parent support sessions, and parent follow-up sessions were conducted at Western Michigan University. The remaining sessions were conducted by parents in the home setting. Results presented will inform researchers regarding the feasibility of implementing the errorless compliance training procedure in a more streamlined and efficient manner. |
|
|
52. Functional Assessment Interviews: Are Parent and Adolescent Perceptions of Behavioral Function Convergent? |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CLINT FIELD (Utah State University), Rebecca Scharton (Utah State University), Jessica Malmberg (Utah State University), Alexis Bolton (Utah State University), Nancy L. Foster (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael I. Axelrod (Girls and Boys Town) |
Abstract: Currently, there is limited research describing the degree of agreement that exists across parent and child perceptions of behavioral function as reported during highly structured interviews. This is due, in part, to the limited use of functional assessment interviews with youth that possess the cognitive and verbal abilities required to provide self report. An additional limiting factor has been the unavailability of parallel structured interviews for use with parents and children. This study assessed the degree to which parent and adolescent interview data yielded convergent information regarding function of problem behavior. Unique to this study was 1) the use of parallel versions (child and parent) of a structured functional interview, 2) direct assessment of the functional perceptions of cognitively normal adolescents, and 3) recruitment of a large sample of youth (n=100). Preliminary analyses have indicated moderate evidence of convergent perceptions of behavioral function. Subsequent analyses are currently being conducted. The value of utilizing parallel versions of functional assessment instruments with typically developing adolescents is discussed and suggestions for subsequent research are provided. |
|
|
53. Can We Improve Appropriate Behaviors of Children with ADHD at School Using Neurofeedback? |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
JEONGIL KIM (Daegu University, South Korea), Kyong Bong Kim (Lotus Flowers Children Center, South Korea), Yunhee Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center, South Korea) |
Abstract: This study examined the effect of neurofeedback training procedures and ABA strategy to enhance appropriate school behaviors. Neurofeedbak protocol and ABA strategy were designed to regulatie the subjects' brain wave activity intending cognitive functioning and to teach appropriate school behaviors for children with ADHD. Twenty of 7-11 year old children with ADHD without medication participated in the study. The result of the study showed attention span improvement with 84% of the subjects, impulsivity decrease with 72% of them, inappropriate behavior improvement with 85% of them, and improved school adjustment score with 79%. |
|
|
54. Use of Stimulus Fading to treat Pill Swallowing Refusal with an 8-year-old boy |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
DAVID REITMAN (Nova Southeastern University), Celine Passeri (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Pharmacological treatment produces reductions in many of the core problems characteristic of ADHD. Pharmacological treatment is also useful when delivered in combination with behavior management procedures such as parent training and classroom-based intervention. However, while little has been published on the subject, it appears that many children find swallowing medication difficult and many refuse treatment outright. Surprisingly, few resources are available for parents that are confronted with pill refusal behaviors by their children. This study describes the use of a stimulus fading and functional assessment procedure to reduce pill refusal with an 8-year-old boy diagnosed with ADHD. The study was a replication and extension of procedures developed by Anderson, Ruggiero, & Adams (2000) for a child diagnosed with HIV. Results indicated that completely independent (defined as unassisted pill swallowing for 3 days in a row) pill swallowing was achieved after 12 sessions of stimulus fading. Functional assessment suggested that pill refusal behavior was strongly related to attention-based reinforcement. |
|
|
55. The Effects of Response Cost with Escape Extinction vs. without Escape Extinction in the Treatment of Food Refusal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PING WANG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kellie A. Hilker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Response cost (i.e., the loss of reinforcers following the occurrence of inappropriate behaviors) is widely used to change behavior. The current study examines the effects of response cost with and without escape extinction (EE) in the treatment of food refusal behaviors (i.e., disruptive behaviors, food expulsions and packs). Two participants were referred to the pediatric feeding program for the assessment and treatment of food refusal. A reversal design was used to assess if response cost was associated with decreased food refusal behaviors while increasing food acceptance and grams consumed. If inappropriate behaviors persisted after implementing response cost procedures, EE was added to the sessions. To what extent EE added to the treatment efficacy will be discussed. |
|
|
56. A School-Based Intervention as Treatment for a Pediatric Feeding Disorder: Shaping a Chewing Response |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PHILIP L. CONCORS (Angello, Barnard, & Concors Consultants), Amanda J. Charney (Medford Lakes School District) |
Abstract: Functional Behavioral Assessment methodology was utilized to identify maintaining variables for non-chewing behavior. Oral tactile feedback, graduated prompting, and praise paired with access to preferred foods comprised a multi-component treatment package. Feeding sessions were conducted by classroom staff and related service providers. Inter-observer agreement measures obtained by the researchers were consistently high. Results of a multiple-baseline design across meals (breakfast, lunch, and afternoon snack) suggested an overall increase in independent chewing responses. Implications for behavioral intervention for pediatric feeding disorders in a school setting are discussed. |
|
|
57. Increasing Texture with Children with Food Refusal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JOYCE KAO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Texture fading is an antecedent manipulation used to treat feeding problems. After reaching specific criteria (e.g., acceptance, mouth clean, coughs/gags) texture is often advanced in the following order: puree, junior, wet ground, chopped fine, and bite size. Despite appropriate levels of multiple mealtime behavior (e.g., high acceptance, mouth cleans), for several children, the advancement to chopped fine was marked by decreased manipulation of the bolus and limited to no chewing (children consumed the bite as if they were “swallowing a pill”). In this study, a multi-element design was used evaluate whether the size of the bolus was associated with more manipulation and/or chewing as children were presented with chopped fine pieces alternated with bite size pieces of food. With the bite size texture, manipulation and chewing increased. Discussion of the response and implications for treatment will be discussed. |
|
|
58. Comparison of DRA and Self-monitoring to Decrease the Duration of Meals for a 9-year-old boy with a Feeding Disorder |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLI WHEELER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kellie A. Hilker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: In this study, we examined the effects of self-monitoring and differential reinforcement for alternative behavior (DRA) on meal duration of a 9-year-old child diagnosed with a feeding disorder. The three conditions (baseline, DRA, and self-monitoring) were conducted using a multi-element design. The three conditions were randomly alternated throughout the day across three meals per day. Results demonstrated that meal duration was less during the DRA condition than during the self-monitoring and baseline (no treatment) conditions. Results also showed that food consumption was greater during the DRA condition than either the baseline and self-monitoring conditions. Meal duration and food consumption were similar during the self-monitoring and baseline conditions. |
|
|
59. Presenting a Non-Preferred Food in a Social-Affective Context to Change Food Preference |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RINITA LAUD ROBERTS LAUD (Louisiana State University/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Considerable evidence exists that food preferences of children with normal eating development are modified by experiences like repeated exposure to foods and social-affective contexts in which food is presented. The present study evaluated the effect of social-affective contexts on the preferences of a child with food refusal. A bite of sweet potato, identified by a forced-choice preference assessment as a non-preferred food, was presented in an ABA design as either a reward alone or as a reward with modeling. The bite was offered outside of treatment, and no contingencies were enforced. Sweet potatoes, which was consumed 0% of the time it was offered before treatment, was consumed 57.1% of the time following treatment. This same procedure was implemented with another pre-assessed non-preferred food, asparagus. Asparagus, which was consumed 0% of the time it was offered before treatment, was consumed 9.1% of the time following treatment. Sweet potatoes were again found to be consumed 50.0%, even though it was not the target food. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 44% of both study parts and averaged 100%. These results suggest that presenting a non-preferred food to a child with food refusal as a reward with modeling may increase the food’s future preference. |
|
|
60. Treatment of Packing in Children with Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE M. ROSCOE (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: This study evaluated several treatment procedures to decrease packing in a 22-month-old female with severe food refusal. The child was 100% g-tube dependent upon admission to a day treatment program. During the admission, the child’s acceptance of food increased despite continued packing of bites. Previous research demonstrated that redistributing food with a Nuk® brush and lowering the texture of foods decreased packing and increased mouth cleans. Several treatment procedures were implemented to decrease packing (e.g., placement of the bite with a Nuk brush, redistribution of the bite with a Nuk brush, Differential Reinforcement of Alternative behaviors, Response Cost, lower texture) without an increase in mouth cleans. Subsequently these procedures were discontinued and therapists continued to present bites after successive packs. This manipulation was associated with higher consumption of volume without increasing the duration of meals. Discussions about this schedule of presentation as a form of treatment will be discussed. |
|
|
61. From Therapist to Parents: Variables Associated with the Return of Problem Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES H. BOSCOE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Generalizing the effects of an intervention from therapists to caregivers is an important part of the treatment of feeding disorders. This study examined several cases where the introduction of the parent as feeder was associated with increases inappropriate behavior. Cases varied on several variables: a) the number of sessions after the introduction before the onset (or reemergence) of the problem behavior, b) treatment integrity scores, and c) levels of inappropriate behavior. Reasons for the differentiation between caregivers will be discussed. |
|
|
62. A Comparision of Three Response Cost Procedures to Increase Appropriate Mealtime Behaviors in Children with Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYSIA A. PALMISCIANO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that response cost procedures can effectively decrease food refusal behavior. In this study, we evaluated the effects of different forms of response cost on rates of acceptance and mouth cleans of children admitted to an inpatient program for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. One response cost procedure involved the removal of reinforcement following a pack and it’s return following the next mouth clean (DRA2). A second response cost procedure involved the removal of reinforcement following a pack and it’s return following the next acceptance or mouth clean, whichever came first (DRA1). The final response cost procedure involved removing reinforcement following a pack and returning it non-contingently after 30 seconds (NCR). |
|
|
|
|
#73 International Poster Session - CSE |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Grand Hall |
|
64. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Socially Stigmatizing Ambulation |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
MELANIE PITMAN (Northeastern University) |
Abstract: A brief functional analysis was conducted in an analogue setting to identify the maintaining variables for upright walking in a woman with developmental disabilities supported in an outpatient setting. All conditions required modification, since treatment outcomes were intended to increase, rather than decrease, the target behavior. The participant displayed a significantly greater duration of upright walking during the attention condition, which initially indicated that the desired behavior was maintained by positive reinforcement. Treatment of socially stigmatizing ambulation was implemented during natural transition times in a reversal design and consisted of differential reinforcement of an incompatible response. Results of treatment indicated that physical assistance delivered by staff produced an immediate and large increase in upright walking while verbal attention from staff was ineffective. During treatment conditions, duration of socially stigmatizing ambulation was significantly greater in baseline. These results indicate that socially stigmatizing ambulation was maintained by automatic reinforcement, rather than positive reinforcement, and treatment initially chosen to function as differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior may have also functioned as sensory matching and sensory extinction. |
|
|
65. A Content Analysis of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
MITCH FRYLING (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Erin J. Pitts (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) has published a number of studies demonstrating the efficacy of applications of behavioral principles to socially relevant phenomena. A number of populations (e.g., autism, severe mental illnesses) and behaviors have been studied during this effort. Additionally, comprehensive technologies have been developed during this time (e.g., functional analysis of problem behavior, reinforcer identification methods). Many of these studies have vast social implications that may increase the quality of life for many. However, applied behavior analysis has yet to be accepted by many within mainstream psychology. Even within demonstrated areas of application (i.e., developmental disabilities and autism) behavior analysis has not reached its potential. The extent to which researchers are studying socially relevant populations, evaluating social validity, generalization, utilizing caregivers/staff as therapists, conducting research in the natural environment, and measuring/evaluating long-term treatment outcome may effect this. Thus, the current paper will evaluate the first five years and most recent five years of JABA along these dimensions. |
|
|
66. Prompting Safety-Belt Use: The “Flash for Life” Technique Revisited in the Context of Safety-Belt Use Laws |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ELISE A. DRAKE (Virginia Tech), Leah Farrell (Virginia Tech), Matthew G. Cox (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Twenty years ago, before safety-belt use laws became widespread, 20-22% of unbuckled drivers buckled-up following an interpersonal “Flash-for-Life” prompt (Geller, Bruff, & Nimmer Nimmer, 1985). The current research revisited and implemented the “Flash-for-Life” intervention in the context of safety belt-use laws and observed that 30% of 427 unbuckled drivers put on their safety belt following prompting. More specifically, college students stood at intersections on campus and showed colorful signs with the message, “Please Buckle-Up, I Care” to drivers who were not using a safety belt. The compliance was higher than in the 1985 study, indicating that a high baseline rate of safety-belt use does not negate potential positive influence of a simple prompting intervention. In other words, the results indicate that a significant proportion of the 20% of drivers who do not use vehicle safety belts on a regular basis will respond favorably to a simple behavioral prompt that could be readily applied at institutional settings nationwide. This field study is currently being replicated, and the results will be reported with these given here. While current government initiatives are punitively-based, this community-based approach promotes safety-belt use through peer influence and behavioral science. |
|
|
67. Aggression in Dogs: A Differential Negative Reinforcement Protocol |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLIE S. SNIDER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Aggression in dogs is a serious problem in the United States, with over 4,700,000 people bitten annually, and over 800,000 requiring medical treatment (K. Delise, 2002). Common aggressive behaviors seen in dogs include barking, chasing, lunging, snarling, growling and biting. Many such behaviors are maintained by escape from people (and/or) other dogs. Escape extinction contingent upon aggressive behaviors and escape provided contingent upon benign behaviors was investigated. Aggressive dogs were tethered on 6 foot leashes. An experimenter walked toward the dog until the dog performed an aggressive behavior. She stood still until the behaviors stopped, then walked away contingent upon a desirable behavior such as looking toward the owner, or turning away from the experimenter. In subsequent approaches the experimenter stopped walking toward the dog before the point at which the dog had previously performed the behavior, and exited based on performance of a desirable behavior. Proximity was systematically increased. If at any time the approach provoked aggressive behavior, the experimenter stopped and waited until the behavior ended before exiting. The aggressive behaviors diminished or were eliminated with as little as 1 hr. of treatment with some dogs. Successful generalization occurred in several cases. |
|
|
68. NY Social Work Students’ Attitudes Towards a Harm-Reduction Approach to Practice with Substance Users |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH K. MOORE (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Abstract: The literature is replete with examples of the negative attitudes with which social workers approach substance use/rs. These attitudes have contributed to a reliance on traditional approaches to intervention which limit options unnecessarily, despite evidence that a harm reduction approach might better serve clients with varying needs. The results of a mixed method investigation into the extent to which use of a 'consequence analysis' procedure would contribute to thoughtful, informed social work student' attitudes will be presented. This is a two-phase study including an on-line intervention with 100 New York City social work students and follow-up interviews with 16 of those students whose attitudes changed most and least. Data revealing how the 16 interviewees might transfer their new knowledge post-intervention into practice will also be presented. |
|
|
69. Investigating the Relationship Between Monotonous Driving and Certain Driver Characteristics Using Applied Simulator Technology |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID G. KIDD (Virginia Tech), Kimberly R. Hylton (Virginia Tech), Walter B. Parker (Virginia Tech), Gary N. Phibbs (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: The current research examined the effects of monotonous, long-distance driving and its relationship to mood and physiological arousal. Participants’ (N=65) mood and arousal levels were measured using Speilberger’s State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) and the Emotional State Questionnaire. A STISIM driving simulator (Systems Technology, Inc., Hawthorne, CA) was used to simulate the driving experience. Results indicated that participants, regardless of group (Long-Distance Group versus Short-Distance Group), reported more negative emotion after the driving simulation (p < .05). Additionally, the Long-Distance Group reported significantly more negative emotions than short-distance drivers (p < .05). Results also indicated that the short-distance group reported less pre- and post-test state-anxiety (p < .05). These results support Garrity & Demick’s (2001) findings, suggesting a connection between negative emotion and increased anxiety levels. An increase in negative emotions and anxiety levels has been shown to negatively impact driving behavior and driver cautiousness (Garrity & Demick, 2001). Based on the current study’s findings, future studies should investigate interventions that would promote positive moods and decreased anxiety during driving. |
|
|
70. Inappropriate Masturbation: Behavioral Interventions for Individuals with Severe and Multiple Disabilities |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (University of Texas, Austin), Berenice de la Cruz (University of Texas, Austin), Katherine M Wamhoff (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: The purpose of this review is to identify literature regarding behavioral interventions for inappropriate masturbation displayed by individuals with severe or multiple disabilities. Inappropriate masturbation is defined as any form of genital stimulation that is against societal norms or potentially harmful. A combination of search methods retrieved eight articles published within the last 30 years. A review synthesis of the studies suggests a trend moving toward more positive treatment approaches that teach replacement behaviors. However, the lack of studies along with the lack of rigorous experimental design found in existing studies suggest the need to further explore the most effective interventions that use the least intrusive and aversive techniques. |
|
|
71. The Current Resource Condition and Service Needs of Social Supports for Families of Children with EBD In Korea |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
EUN JUNG SEO (JinJu International University, South Korea), Gyeong Ok Jung (JinJu International University, South Korea), YoungSoo Son (JinJu International University, South Korea) |
Abstract: The study was explored the current resource condition and service needs of social supports for the family of the children with Emotion & Behavior Disorder by three scales as assessment tools. A hundred mothers who had elementary school kids with Emotional and Behavior Disorder(EBD) were recruited for the study. Thirty mothers among a hundred mothers had one to one home visit interview were met the participant's criterions of the study. Three assessment tools, such as Family Survey(FS), Resource of Social Support, and Social Needs(SN) used in the study, were developed to collect resources for the family background, resource availability, awareness level of their mothers for each social support resource(SSR), and mothers' needs for the social supports As a result, the orders of availabilities for the SSR were spouses, special education teachers, siblings, therapists, and other parents. The results of the resource availability, awareness level of their mothers on each social support resource, and mothers' needs for the social supports were provided in the study. |
|
|
72. Tourette's Disorder and Social Acceptability: A Comparison of African- and European-Americans with Symptoms of the Disorder |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
CHRIS A. FLESSNER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Andrew Lincoln (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Andrea Weber (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Nicole A. Roberts (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: The primary aim of this study was to examine the influence of race (e.g., African-American vs. Caucasian) on the perceived social acceptability of individuals with Tourette’s Disorder (TD). Two hundred and sixty-nine participants were asked to read one of four vignettes depicting an individual with TD (African-American male, African-American female, Caucasian male, or Caucasian female). Participants were subsequently asked to complete the Social Acceptability Scale (SAS), a self-report measure assessing the subject’s social acceptability. Initial analysis revealed that Caucasian participants gave African-Americans with TD significantly higher SAS scores than the Caucasians with TD. Further analysis revealed no statistically significant differences in social acceptability ratings between the four vignette conditions. This article concludes that the increased perceived social acceptability of African-Americans with TD may explain why African-Americans are less likely than Caucasians to seek treatment for TD. Limitations of the current study and future areas of research are also discussed. |
|
|
73. Do JRC Graduates Hold On to their Gains - A Follow Up Study |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDRE VLOK (Judge Rotenberg Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Center), Rosemary Silva (Judge Rotenberg Center), Joseph Assalone (Judge Rotenberg Center), Peter E. Jaberg (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: This study will examine the post-treatment outcomes of former students of the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a residential care facility that employs a highly consistent application of behavioral treatment and educational programming. The students were evaluated after leaving JRC, using both a subjective General Life Adjustment rating (obtained from guardians, former students, and JRC staff) and an objective count of certain Quality of Life Indicators. Consistent with past follow up studies with JRC students, it is anticipated that the group of students as a whole will show marked improvement over their status prior to enrolling in JRC on both of the measures employed. |
|
|
|
|
#74 International Poster Session - DDA |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Grand Hall |
|
74. Examination of the Relative Effects of Attention and Toys in Reducing SIB Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID L. RUSSELL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Ernest (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Dawn E. Lingle (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A functional analysis of self-injury maintained by automatic reinforcement may yield various patterns of responding, including high levels of behavior across all conditions except the control condition (Hagopian et al., 1997). This pattern may suggest that an enriched environment provides sufficient stimulation to compete with the reinforcement associated with SIB. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate which component(s) within a toy play condition that were responsible for decreased SIB in a 5-year-old girl diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder, NOS. A comparison between attention only, toys only, and toys and attention suggested that the presence of toys was the critical component. Anecdotal observations and subsequent experimental analyses found that positive affect was only associated with an attention condition. A choice assessment was conducted to determine whether the participant preferred an environment associated with positive affect and low rates of SIB (i.e., attention condition) or an environment associated with only neutral affect (i.e., toys condition). A clear preference was observed for playing with the toys. Reliability data were collected during 33.33% of all assessments and averaged 91.45%. |
|
|
75. Comprehensive Behavioral Assessment of Dextroamphetamine Across Six Dosage Levels |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN RUSCITTI PURINGTON (Glenwood Resource Center), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center) |
Abstract: The effects of six doses of dextroamphetamine were examined in a 42-year-old woman with ADHD and moderate mental retardation by measuring verbal disruptions, intervals on-task, speed, and accuracy through a simple sorting task. Interobserver agreement data were recorded during 33% of sessions and mean interobserver agreement was 95%. Accuracy was greatest at 25 mg, the percentage of on-task behavior increased at doses of 10 mg and continued to increase as the dosage level increased, sorting speed was highest at 15 mg, and the percentage of verbal disruptions decreased at doses of 15 mg and greater. These findings suggest comprehensive behavioral assessment may be used to aid dosage decisions and provide a departure from traditional indirect measures that are typically used. |
|
|
76. Using Structured Conversations in the Treatment of Somatic Verbal Statements |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ARNIE ZENCIUS (Devereux Cleo Wallace), Jeanne M. Brower (Northern Illinois University/Cornerstone Services) |
Abstract: The participant was a 28 year old female diagnosed with mild retardation. She lived with six other developmentally disabled adults in a residential setting and attended a day treatment center. At both her residential setting and day treatment setting staff noted that she frequently made verbal statements of having severe pain, illness and injury. These verbal statements occurred daily and resulted in the participant obtaining a great deal of social attention from residential and nursing staff. Following staff interviews using the FAST & QABF and conducting a structured A-B-C analysis, it was determined that social attention was the primary function of behavior. Treatment consisted of using structured conversations (i.e., developing a checklist) during conversation sessions. All sessions were six minutes in duration and included a list of topics to discuss (structured conversation) or did not involve a list (baseline). An A-B-A-B-A-B reversal was used to demonstrate experimental control. Results show that the frequency of verbal statements of pain and injury decreased to near zero levels during structured conversation sessions. |
|
|
77. Abolishing Effects of Dextroamphetamine as a Function of Dose |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN RUSCITTI PURINGTON (Glenwood Resource Center), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center) |
Abstract: Previous research (e.g., Northup et al. 1997) investigating drug-behavior interaction effects found that Methylphenidate may alter the effectiveness of controlling environmental variables. In the present study, attention-maintained verbal disruptions were evaluated across six dosage levels of dextroamphetamine in a 42-year-old woman with ADHD and moderate mental retardation. Interobserver agreement data were recorded during 33% of sessions and mean interobserver agreement was 95%. Results indicated that verbal disruptions showed a typical extinction effect only when the level of dextroamphetamine was 15 mg per day or greater and suggested that dextroamphetamine may act as an abolishing operation in reducing verbal disruptions maintained by attention. This study extends and supports the work of Dicesare, McAdam, Toner, and Varrell (2005) and Northup et al. (1997). These findings have important implications for the development of interventions for individuals with ADHD. |
|
|
78. Developing Preferences for Age Appropriate Leisure Items in Adults with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SHANNON R. FREEMAN WEISS (Southern Illinois University), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University), Ashley E. Welch (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to develop preferences for age appropriate leisure activities in adults with mental retardation who typically spend little time engaged in such activities. Preference assessments were conducted with four adults with moderate to profound mental retardation to identify a highly preferred age inappropriate item and a minimally preferred age appropriate item. A multiple probe across participants was used to evaluate the effects of conditioning sessions in which a noncontingent food item was delivered on an FT 30s schedule during sessions with the age appropriate item and no food was delivered during sessions with the age inappropriate item. The dependent variable was the percentage of intervals in which participants engaged with the items when they were presented simultaneously. Observations were made during baseline, after every 12 conditioning sessions (6 with the higher preferred item; 6 with the lesser preferred item), and at 1 week, 2 week, and 1 month follow-ups. Three participants switched preferences during conditioning sessions. One switched preferences prior to conditioning. Results of this study suggest that the preferences of individuals with significant levels of retardation can be altered with relatively little effort from those that are age inappropriate to those that are age appropriate. |
|
|
79. The Use of a Latency Measure in Conducting an Analog Functional Analysis with a Severely Aggressive Adult: A Replication and Extension |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN POWERS (The Vinfen Corporation), Jennifer L. Link (The Vinfen Corporation), Mary Teresa Bolotin (The Vinfen Corporation), Kelly L. Hyde (The Vinfen Corporation), Diana Poles (The Vinfen Corporation), Michael F. Dorsey (The Vinfen Corporation/Simmons College) |
Abstract: A major concern in the completion of an analog functional analysis with individuals who engage in severe levels of aggressive behaviors is that the staff may be injured as a result of the aggressive behavior. Iwata and his colleagues validated the use of a latency measure as an alternative to the commonly utilized observational measurement procedures. Their results suggest that the results of an analog functional analysis that is terminated immediately after the first occurrence of such an aggressive behavior will yield diagnostic results similar to a functional analysis in which the sessions are continued for the normal 10 to 15 minute duration. The purpose of the current study was to replicate the utilization of a latency measure with a moderately retarded adult whose aggressive behaviors presented a significant probability of injury to staff. Additionally, the study evaluated the use of the latency measurement across settings, with the initial evaluation being conducted in a controlled environment within the individual’s day program, and a follow-up evaluation conducted in the living room of the individual’s residence. The results of the study support the initial research of Iwata in the utility of a latency measure when conducting functional analysis evaluations of aggressive behavior. |
|
|
80. A Literature Review of Functional Communication Training with Children Under Age 8 |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HYUNG-MEE KIM (University of Texas, Austin), Melissa L. Olive (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: This paper reviews the literature on FCT with young children. Over 100 articles were coded and analyzed. 55 of 103 studies of FCT have utilized participants under the age of 8. A total of 144 participants were enrolled in these studies. Functional Analysis was the most widely used type of assessment to determine the function of challenging behavior. Intervention was completed in a variety of settings. Participants were taught to use verbal language, sign language, picture requesting, and voice output communication aids. Generalization and Maintenance were rarely studied. Social Validity was studied even less. |
|
|
81. Evaluation of a New Residential and Further Education Service for Young People with Severe Intellectual Disabilities and Challenging Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
PAUL D. LANGTHORNE (Tizard Centre, University of Kent), Peter McGill (Tizard Centre, University of Kent) |
Abstract: In the UK the development of services for young people with severe intellectual disabilities and challenging behavior remains hampered by a lack of consensus over the form such services should take. This study evaluates outcomes achieved by a new local service, designed to meet the needs of four young people with severe intellectual disabilities and challenging behavior. A utilisation focused approach to evaluation was employed in order to develop research questions. Following a dialogue with stakeholders, three themes were identified; i- an evaluation of long-term outcomes achieved by the students, ii- an evaluation of the quality of staff support, iii- an evaluation of the transition process. An AB quasi-experimental single case study design was adopted to address the first two themes of the research. A range of measures were completed before and after the transition to the new service. Thematic analysis of responses to open-ended questionnaires was used to address the final theme of the research. The new service was associated with an increase in choice, community presence and a reduction in the frequency of challenging behavior. This study provides some support for the development of small, local, community-based services for young people with severe intellectual disabilities and challenging behavior. |
|
|
82. Treatment of Pica and Self-Stimulation by Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE D. FALWELL (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Pica, a disorder characterized by habitual ingestion of inedible substances, is frequently associated with persons diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Pica often poses a serious threat to the person’s physical well-being, making it a high priority for intervention (Kerwin & Berkowitz, 1996). Self-stimulation is highly consistent and repetitious motor behavior that is also characteristic of persons with developmental disabilities. While self-stimulation may not pose an imminent health risk, it often interferes with the person’s learning environment and precludes participation in normal daily activities (Fox, 1982). In this study, a 14-year-old male diagnosed with autism and mental retardation received treatment for pica and self-stimulation maintained by automatic reinforcement. Treatment consisted of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and was evaluated in a multiple baseline design. Reinforcers were identified via preference assessments and consisted of verbal praise and preferred food items. Reinforcement was provided for completing work and remaining in his seat during a 2” work period. Work periods were gradually increased to 15” duration. Results indicate a significant decrease in pica and self-stimulation to zero rates across treatment conditions. Generalization of findings is discussed. |
|
|
83. Manipulating Items within the Environment to Assess Treatment of Pica |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BETTY POLION-CHEATUM (Partlow Developmental Center), Tammy A. Carroll (Partlow Developmental Center) |
Abstract: Pica, the ingesting of non-edible food items, is a life-threatening behavior that affects approximately 25% of people with developmental disabilities. For those individuals residing in environments that may not be as stimulating as others, individuals may not have many opportunities to make “good” choices other than engaging in inappropriate behaviors, such as pica. Following functional analyses of pica, individual treatments were designed and implemented. |
|
|
84. Research on the Use of Punishment Procedures: A Literature Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MAUREEN J. LACERTE (Nashoba Learning Group - Simmons College), Michael F. Dorsey (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The present study presents a comprehensive review of the research published on the use of punishment procedures since 1968 within the 32 major journals that commonly publish applied behavior analytic research. Factors such as the type of procedures evaluated, demographics of the subject populations, and behaviors treated are reviewed. In addition, the study provides an evaluation of the cumulative rate of such publications over the past 35 years. This data supports the thesis that, while such research was common in the early years of the development of the field of applied behavior analysis, the rate of such publications has been significantly reduced since the mid-1980s and essentially eliminated within the past few years. The paper discusses the implications of this lack of support for behavioral practitioners as well as many of the variables responsible for the reduction in research on such an important topic. |
|
|
85. Anagram-Construction-Echoic Training Effects on Response Emergence and Maintenance in Learning Disabled Children |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
GIOVANA ZULIANI (Federal University of San Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Federal University of San Carlos) |
Abstract: This study investigated how time elapsed between training and testing influences the emergence and maintenance of academic skills. A computer with the research software Mestre® was used. Pretests defined the entry repertoire and the selection of training words. Training relations were “identity anagram construction with echoic” and “dictation-echoic anagram construction”. Instruction was see-listen-repeat in presence of visual stimuli (printed words) and listen-repeat in presence of auditory stimuli (dictated words). After criterion was met in training session, tests were introduced in two phases. First, immediate tests took place with two of the three just trained words. One word was reserved and not tested immediately. Secondly occurred testing was introduced with all trained words. Each of them was analyzed to verify performance differences caused by influences of time passed between reaching criteria in training and in the final test. The results showed consistent performances in equivalence class formation, fluency in trained words, and new conditional relations emerged. It wasn’t possible to verify if fluency performance occurred as a function of training or because the words were presented repeatedly. Further investigation on fluency as just a product of stimuli repetition or a function of generalization is under way. |
|
|
86. Environmental Influences on Behavior in Children with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
KATHERINE M WAMHOFF (University of Texas, Austin), Berenice de la Cruz (University of Texas, Austin and The Moore-Weis Children's Center of Austin), Tonya Nichole Davis (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: Features of developmental disabilities (e.g., stereotyped responding, social behavior) across a series of systematically controlled social contexts were examined. Some previous research with other disabilities has demonstrated that environmental factors can have a significant influence on symptom expression. For example, Oliver, Demetriades, & Hall, (2002) demonstrated that smiling and laughing behaviors, characteristics that are associated with Angleman syndrome, are sensitive to changes in the social environment. While most researchers are currently interested in mapping global behavioral patterns associated with various syndromes, it also seems important to examine the potential impact of social/environmental influences on such behaviors. The purpose of the study was to examine whether several of these features vary infrequency and intensity as a function of changes in social/environmental context. Adaptive social behaviors were increased by adjusting environmental and social context prior and/or in situations in which such behaviors were displayed. There are two potentially important contributions of this research. First, demonstrations that core features of syndromes are sensitive to environmental influences might challenge the notion that such behavior patterns are entirely influenced by biological predispositions. Second, if behavior patterns are sensitive to environmental conditions they may be conceptualized as communicative in nature (Reichle, Beukelman, & Light, 2002). |
|
|
87. The Utility of Competing Items in the Reduction of Inappropriate Behaviors during Schedule Thinning |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JUSTIN BOYD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa M. Shulleeta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Researchers have assessed stimuli that are hypothesized to produce a consequence similar to the functional reinforcer believed to maintain problem behavior. For example, when the results of a functional analysis suggested that target behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement, Piazza et al. (2000) demonstrated that the introduction of items that simulated the consequences of the target behavior resulted in reduced rates of responding. The current study evaluated the utility of competing items for a child who engaged in destructive behaviors in order to leave an area (i.e., elopement). When extinction and functional communication for “walk” were proven to reduce rates of inappropriate behaviors to near zero levels, schedule thinning was initiated (i.e., the child was required to briefly wait for the functional reinforcer). During schedule thinning, inappropriate behaviors increased dramatically. Therefore, a competing items assessment was conducted to identify specific items that would produce high rates of appropriate item engagement and low rates of elopement. Demonstrated in an ABAB design, the introduction of competing items was shown to decrease rates of inappropriate behaviors (self-injury, aggression, and disruptions) during wait times. With the addition of competing items, the schedule was systematically faded to a terminal goal of 10-minutes. |
|
|
89. Effects of Attention on the Assessment and Treatment of Pica Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY J. BOUXSEIN (Marcus Autism Center and Georgia State University), Tiffany Kodak (Louisiana State University and Marcus Autism Cente), Kristen Mays (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Pica, the ingestion of inedible objects, is a dangerous behavior that occurs in approximately 25% of individuals with developmental disabilities (Piazza et al., 2002). In the current study, the functional analysis for one participant indicated that (1) pica was maintained by automatic reinforcement and (2) therapist presence and attention may have had a reductive effect on levels of pica. A component analysis for the ignore condition was conducted to compare levels of pica during manipulations of both the distance between the therapist and the participant and percentage of time that the therapist was oriented towards the participant. Results demonstrated that the highest rates of pica occurred when the therapist was standing farthest and oriented away from the participant relative to when the therapist was standing closer to and oriented toward the participant. A treatment consisted of delivering brief statement of concern contingent on pica. Results suggested that (1) therapist presence and attention were correlated with lower levels of pica and (2) providing attention contingent on occurrences of pica reduced the behavior relative to baseline. |
|
|
90. The Use of Verbal Instruction and DRO Procedures in the Treatment of Automatically Maintained Self-Talk |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE MARIE MAYNE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Burel Goodin (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kate Litman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) has been widely used to treat a variety of problem behaviors. With DRO procedures, reinforcement is provided after a specified period of time passes in which the target problem behavior does not occur. At the end of the DRO interval, the interval is reset and, if problem behavior has not occurred, reinforcement is delivered. Recently, Woods and Himle (2004) found that a DRO with a verbal reminder at the beginning of session was more effective in reducing verbal tics than a verbal instruction condition alone. It is possible that the DRO was effective due to the reinforcement provided for the absence of SIB or due to the feedback provided at the end of an interval during which no problem behavior occurred (i.e., token delivery). In the current study, we compared the effects of DRO and verbal instruction on the automatically maintained self-talk of an adolescent male diagnosed with autism, moderate mental retardation, bipolar disorder and ADHD. Results indicated that a verbal instruction condition (i.e., interruption) wherein self-talk was interrupted upon each occurrence was as effective as a DRO procedure in reducing self-talk. In addition, the verbal instruction condition alone was associated with an increase in appropriate verbal responses. Reliability data were collected for at least one third of sessions and averaged above 80%. |
|
|
91. The Effects of Pivotal Response Training to Increase Socially Spontaneous Communication on High School Students |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
YI-WEI HSIN (The Ohio State University), Tsung-Han Ho (University of Texas, Austin), Ta-Yen Wang (Taipei Municipal Teachers College) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders have been shown to have deficits in communication and social interaction. Various studies on social interaction skills improvement had been conducted; however, the enhancement was constrained. In this study we examined the effects of adopting Pivotal response training (PRT) to enhance socially spontaneous communication on high school students with autism in Taiwan. Three high school students with no spontaneous communication participated in the study. The multiple baselines across subjects were used with a series of course package of PRT. The package was designed with Picture Exchange Communication Systems (PECS) in natural settings, focusing three objectives on participant’s request, attention-getting, and avoidance. The results showed that after training, the socially spontaneously communication of three participants have improved, and the effects of PRT could be generalized to untrained settings. Some suggestions for future research are provided. |
|
|
92. The Use of a DRL Procedure to Reduce Stereotypic Loud Vocalizations |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
IJEN CHEN (Melmark New England), John Stokes (Charles River ARC) |
Abstract: Results from several studies have shown that the use of Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Responding (DRL) procedures have successfully reduced challenging behaviors in different settings. In this study, a DRL procedure was implemented using a variation of an A-B-A-B experimental design to reduce the loud vocalizations of a 15-year-old girl with developmental disabilities in a residential setting. A DRL procedure was selected after functional assessment data identified that the behavior was maintained by sensory consequences. The DRL procedure utilized hourly intervals and the contingent reinforcer was access to a portable music device (iPod) that was one of the first choices both on the student's direct and indirect leisure preference assessments. The results showed that the DRL procedure successfully reduced the percent occurrence (data:10-minute, partial interval) of loud vocalizations from a daily average of 42.55% to 18.36% within one month. A return to baseline for 3 days showed a substantial increase to a daily average of 58.80%. The DRL program was then reintroduced and the behavior again decreased (daily average of 22.36%). IOA was conducted at least once every week and the range of IOA was from 80% to 100% with the average of 98.2%. |
|
|
93. Teaching ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ Responses Across Functional Operant Classes |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
M. ALICE SHILLINGSBURG (Auburn University), Michael E. Kelley (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine), Melissa Brown (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) described several elementary verbal operants including mands, tacts, intraverbals, and echoics. According to Skinner, responses of the same topography may be functionally independent. That is, a response may not generalize across functions (e.g., a child may mand “water” when deprived of liquid but may not tact “water” when shown a glass of water) without explicit training. Previous research has supported Skinner’s assertion of functional independence (e.g., Hall & Sundberg, 1987; Lamarre & Holland, 1985) and suggests that specific programming must be incorporated in order to achieve generalization across verbal operants (e.g., Sigafoos, Reichle & Doss, 1990). In the current study, we examined the independence of the same form of a response under varying conditions (i.e., tact and intraverbal) in a multiple baseline design with a 7-year-old boy diagnosed with Autism. During baseline, the participant did not respond ‘yes’ or ‘no’ under tact or intraverbal conditions. Following tact-teaching sessions, levels of both ‘yes’ and ‘no’ increased in the tact but not the intraverbal condition. Usage of ‘yes’ and ‘no’ as an intraverbal only emerged following intraverbal training. These results support Skinner’s theory of independence of verbal operants and previous research on training functional verbal behavior. |
|
|
|
|
#75 International Poster Session - EAB |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Grand Hall |
|
1. EAHB-SIG Student Paper Competition Award Winner. Response-Consequence Contingency Discriminability When Positive and Negative Reinforcement Compete in Concurrent Schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHAEL A. MAGOON (Auburn University/Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Three experiments were conducted to test the qualitative prediction of contingency discriminability theory that any difference in type between the consequences of concurrently available discriminated operants will heighten response-consequence contingency discriminability. In each experiment, three adult human participants working under two-alternative concurrent schedules of money reinforcement completed four experimental conditions in each of two phases that differed according to whether the two component schedules employed identical or different types of consequences. In Experiment 1, one phase consisted of positive versus positive reinforcement and the other consisted of positive versus negative reinforcement (avoidance). All participants demonstrated steeper matching function slopes in the latter phase. Experiments 2 and 3 were designed to test the necessity and/or sufficiency of two features that distinguished positive from negative reinforcement in Experiment 1: money gain versus money loss; and the presentation of feedback after participants met versus failed to meet the reinforcement contingency. Both features were sufficient, but neither was necessary, to produce a slope effect similar to that seen in Experiment 1. Overall, the results supported contingency discriminability theory. The strengths and weaknesses of the present methods for advancing research on the effects of variables other than reinforcement frequency on choice are discussed. Advisor: Tom Critchfield |
|
|
2. Discounting with Humor: Choice Between Length of Joke and Ratings of Funniness |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
STEPHANY DUKES (Jacksonville State University), Stephen C. Bitgood (Jacksonville State University), Kim Phillips (Jacksonville State University), Layla Abby (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: The study attempted to produce a discounting effect by giving participants a series of choices between a less funny, shorter joke and a funnier, longer joke. Joke pairs were 25 versus 50 words, 50 versus 100 words, and 100 versus 200 words. Jokes had been independently rated for quality (funniness) and assigned ratings of high, medium or low. Thus, choices included combinations of length and quality (e.g., 25-word/low funny versus 50-word/high funny). Two procedures were compared. The visual condition required participants to select one of two jokes based on visual inspection of its length and quality. The verbal condition required participants to select a joke based on a verbal description (e.g., "Would you like to read a 50-word/low rated joke or a 100-word/medium rated joke?"). For both conditions, the participants were instructed to read the joke outloud after selection. The visual condition produced a discounting-like effect (participants chose shorter, less funny jokes for a 100-200-word comparison, but longer, funnier jokes for a 25-50-word comparison). The verbal condition, on the other hand, produced a high percentage of longer joke selections across all word lengths. |
|
|
3. Choice of Films and Temporal Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LAYLA ABBY (Jacksonville State University), Stephen C. Bitgood (Jacksonville State University), Stephany Dukes (Jacksonville State University), Kim Phillips (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Participants were given a film festival scenario in which they had to choose between shorter/lower-rated films and longer/higher critically-rated films. The films varied between 5 and 80 minutes with choices always between a value and its double (e.g., 5 versus 10 min, 20 versus 40 min). Critic ratings were given as either high, medium, or low. Thus combinations of film length and critic ratings included comparisons such as : 5-min/low-rated film, versus a 10-min/medium-rated film, etc. The study was conducted during the class periods of two psychology classes. A temporal discounting effect was found: participants chose the longer film when the intervals were short (5 versus 10-min), but chose the shorter film when the intervals were long (40 versus 80 min). In addition, a low-high rating contrast resulted in a higher percentage of choices for the longer/higher rated film compared to the low-medium or medium-high rated choice comparisons. Thus, both time interval and magnitude of difference in critic ratings were found to be important. |
|
|
4. A Comparison of Stimulus Equivalence Training and Functional Equivalence Training |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TYLA M. FREWING (University of Victoria), David Polson (University of Victoria), Joseph A. Parsons (University of Victoria) |
Abstract: This study explored the relationship between stimulus equivalence and functional equivalence. Visual stimuli in the form of the official flowers (A), the flags (B) and the maps (C) of 16 states were employed. Two counterbalanced conditions were compared using a within-subjects design for 12 participants. In the stimulus equivalence training condition, the AC and BC relations for eight states were taught via match-to-sample. Following positive tests for stimulus equivalence, participants were taught to type the two-letter state abbreviation to the maps (C-R). Then, a functional equivalence test was administered that assessed their ability to type the two-letter state abbreviation to the flowers (A-R) and to the flags (B-R). In the functional equivalence training condition, participants were taught to type the two-letter state abbreviation to the flowers (A-R), to the flags (B-R) and to the maps (C-R) of eight other states. Then, a stimulus equivalence test was administered that assessed their ability to match-to-sample in accordance with all derived relations (AB, BC, BA, CB, AC, CA). Generally, functional equivalence training produced superior levels of emergence performance and required less training time, although high levels of emergent performance were observed under both conditions. Theoretical and practical implications are discussed. |
|
|
5. Comparison of the Cultural Influences on the Teaching Behaviors of the Teachers of English as a Second Language in the People’s Republic of China and USA |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
LI LI (Utah State University), Franklin I. Bacheller (Utah State University), Richard P. West (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This study examines the cultural influences on teaching behaviors of the ESL teachers in different settings: mainland China and USA. Identical ESL courses were taught at one Chinese university and one American university. Courses were requested to be taught by using the same instructional methodologies. A survey was initiated to both Chinese ESL teachers and the American ESL teachers after the courses were completed in order to find out whether culture was a factor that influenced their teaching behaviors. The result indicated that despite of the same courses, same textbook materials and the same instructional methodologies implemented, the teaching behaviors of both Chinese ESL teachers and American ESL teachers varied based on the local cultures and responded to the students’ expectations. The average GPA of the ESL courses taught in the Chinese university was 3.048 and the average GPA of the ESL courses taught in the American university was 3.071. Many studies indicated that second language learning requires interactions and negotiations between and among students and teachers. In certain cultures, frequent interactions among students during a class period may not occur based on the local culture. For example, a good Chinese student should be quiet and diligently taking notes while the teacher lecturing. A good teacher is expected to give a wonderful lecture and to catch every student’s attention. Before the study, the Chinese ESL teachers were provided with the same textbook materials and were trained with the same instructional methodologies used by their American counter partners. The study results indicated that Chinese culture influenced the Chinese ESL teachers’ teaching behaviors and on the other hand, the American ESL teachers’ teaching behaviors were heavily influenced by their students who had different cultural backgrounds, though same instructional methodologies were required. The study found that the teaching behaviors of the Chinese ESL teachers were more of giving and feeding knowledge to their students and on the contrary, the teaching behaviors of the American ESL teachers were more of responding to the students’ behaviors, interactive and negotiating. Although teaching behaviors of both Chinese and American ESL teachers were influenced by the local cultures and the students with different cultural backgrounds, the productions of the teaching, or GPAs, were almost identical. |
|
|
6. The Effects of Activity Preference Training to Increase Self Control in Adolescents with Traumatic Brain Injury |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICA D. POZZIE (Southern Illinois University), James W. Jackson (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), John M. Guercio (Center for Comprehensive Services), Mandy Parker (Southern Illinois University BAT program), Meagan Causey (Center for Comprehensive Services) |
Abstract: The current study examines the use of an activity preference training procedure to increase self control in a group of adolescents with traumatic brain injury. In the current study the effects of a concurrent button clicking task during delays to reinforcement is examined. During choice baseline procedures, subjects show a preference for a small immediately delivered reinforcer to a larger delayed reinforcer delivered contingent upon an activity requirement consisting of a button clicking task. To train preference for the large delayed reinforcer with an activity requirement, a procedure consisting of presenting concurrent choices between a large delayed reinforcer with no activity requirement and a large delayed reinforcer contingent upon the activity requirement was used. In this phase the activity requirement is initially set at a low level (10% of baseline) occurring in the last 10% of the delay to reinforcement and escalates by 10 % following consecutive selections of the large delayed reinforcer with activity requirement. Expected outcomes include an eventual shift in preference to the large delayed reinforcer with activity requirement over the small immediate reinforcer in choice baseline probe trials. |
|
|
7. A Behavioral Economic Approach: Demand for Food with Prenatal Food Restricted Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEXA A. WAKLEY (Idaho State University), Shilo L. Smith Ruiz (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Prenatal food restriction has been linked to obesity and obesity related diseases. One theory underlying this phenomenon is that food reinforcement may have higher reinforcer efficacy in rats prenatally food restricted compared to controls. The effects of prenatal food restriction on elasticity of demand for food were examined in this study. Fifteen adult female rats were randomly assigned to one of three levels of food restriction (0%, 25%, 50% of food intake under ad libitum access). Food restriction began at least two weeks prior to mating until parturition. When offspring were three months old, behavior was placed under various fixed ratio schedules (FR 5, FR 15, FR 30, FR 50, FR 90, and FR 150), in which a fixed number of responses produces a food pellet. Elasticity of demand for food reinforcement was examined across the three groups. Differences were observed in the number of reinforcers, response rates, elasticity coefficients, and the Pmax of the demand curves. |
|
|
8. Effects of Stimulus Discriminability and Spatial Location on Children´s Conditional Discrimination Performance |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GERARDO ORTIZ (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Laura Correa Patiño (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Edgar Eduardo Montes Castro (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: Two studies were run to evaluate different perceptual variables on children’s matching-to-sample performance. In the first study, the location of the sample stimulus above each of the comparative stimuli was systematically manipulated. In the second study, comparative stimuli were presented according to different densities of physical discriminability. Results are discussed in terms of the relative influence of perceptual factors in children as compared to adults in conditional discrimination performance. |
|
|
9. The Effects of Two Methods of Conditioning a Clicker on Behavior Variability During Training |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE LAMANCUSA (University of North Texas), Kathryn L. Kalafut (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The Effects of Two Methods of Conditioning a Clicker on Behavior Variability During Training The stimulus-stimulus contingencies to establish an event as a conditioned reinforcer are clear in the literature. However, the reinforcer-behavior contingency during the conditioning process is not clear or considered relevant. In animal training non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) has traditionally been used in clicker training. Recently it has been suggested that the contingency be response specific from the beginning of clicker conditioning. The purpose of this research is to determine the effects of two different methods of conditioning the clicker on behavior variability during training. The subjects were three dogs. In the first condition, the clicker is conditioned in the traditional way, beginning with non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) and then proceeding with reinforcement contingent on eye contact (the target response). In the second condition, clicking and reinforcement is contingent on eye contact without a previous NCR schedule. After establishing eye contact with reliability, a two-minute period of extinction is in place for each condition. Following extinction, differential reinforcement of any behavior is in effect. It is expected that pairing with NCR will produce increased variability as compared to the contingent pairing. Results will be discussed in terms of side effects resulting from the pairing procedures (i.e., prompt dependency). Results in progress |
|
|
10. Effects of Experience on Human Preference between Fixed- and Variable- Ratio Schedule |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KOICHI ONO (Komazawa University) |
Abstract: Preference between fixed-ratio(FR) schedule and variable-ratio(VR) schedule in concurrent-chain schedules of reinforcement were investigated in humans after exposure to particular combinations of terminal links. The experiment was composed of three phases; a baseline phase to measure baseline preference between FR and VR terminal links, an experience phase in which one of two pairs of terminal links was arranged as pre-exposure: both terminal links had FR schedules; or both terminal links had VR schedules, and a test phase in which preference between FR and VR was again measured. In test sessions following the pre-exposure, humans’ preferences mainly shifted to the terminal links with which they had no recent experience. These data suggest that recent previous experience was a possible determinant of preference than the difference between FR and VR terminal links. |
|
|
11. Reinforcing Listener Behavior and its Effects on Correct Responding to Literal Questions |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JEANNINE E. SCHMELZKOPF (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS), Denise O'Sullivan (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS) |
Abstract: In the following study a multiple probe design across participants was implemented to determine the effects of reinforcing listener behavior on the correct responses to literal questions about a story. The two participants were six year old males diagnosed with autism who were chosen for the study because they both emitted low numbers of correct responses to literal questions in a baseline probe. Following the baseline probe, treatment A was implemented in which literal questions were asked after every two pages. In treatment conditions correct responses were reinforced with verbal praise and an edible, and incorrect answers were ignored. Following achievement of the pre-determined criterion of 90% correct responding across two consecutive sessions, a post treatment probe session was conducted. In the probe sessions responses were not consequated in any manner by the teacher. The post treatment probe sessions showed that there was an increase in correct responses from baseline probe sessions for both participants. |
|
|
12. Emergent Label Preference or Emergent Flavor Preference? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PAULA DEBERT (University of Sao Paulo, Brazil, and Presbyterian University Mackenzie), Vanessa Teixeira Grecco (Presbiterian University Mackenzie), Leticia de Lemos Lourenço (Presbyterian University Mackenzie), Rafael Diego Modenesi (Presbyterian University Mackenzie), Jaqueline Souza Parisoto (Presbyterian University Mackenzie) |
Abstract: Two studies were conducted with a procedure similar to the one developed by Barnes-Holmes, Keane, Barnes-Holmes and Smeets (2000). In Experiment I, twelve undergraduate students were trained to match two nonsense syllables (VEK and ZID) to two emotive words (CANCER and HOLIDAYS) and to match labels X and Y to the nonsense syllables. After training, two soft drinks with similar flavors were presented with one of the two labels. Subjects were first asked to indicate which soft drink they would like to taste first. After having tasted both soft drinks, they were required to indicate which one they preferred. After that, the same test was conducted except that the labels were changed and subjects were not aware about it. The subjects were then tested for equivalence relations between emotive words and labels. In Experiment II, six children were exposed to the same procedure with different stimuli (two colored pictures with an emotion connotation and two black geometric forms). In both tests, all subjects tasted first the soft drink with label X and consistently preferred one of the flavors independently of its label. These results indicate that labels’ functions were probably not transferred to flavors. |
|
|
13. On the Psychological Distance to Reward: The Effects of Fixed Time Terminal-Link Schedules and Non-Localized Stimuli |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DAVID M. TREJO (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: In some concurrent chain studies with pigeons, segmentation of one terminal link appears to be aversive and therefore to produce preferences for another, less segmented link (Duncan & Fantino, 1972; Doughty et al, 2004; Fantino, 1969; Leung 1987, 1993, 1994; Leung & Winton, 1985, 1986, 1988; Takahashi, 1993; Wallace, 1973). However in another study, indifference was found between segmented and unsegmented terminal links (Schneider, 1972). In addition, yet another study found preference for the more segmented terminal link (Marcattilio & Richards, 1981). At issue is the role of response requirements and additional stimulus presentations in choice involving segmented schedules. The current study used the concurrent chains procedure with pigeons to examine the effects of segmented terminal links on choice. The components of the segmented terminal link were FT schedules, and the correlated stimuli were house lights, rather then keylight changes that evoke pecking. The initial links consisted of equal variable interval (VI) 30-s schedules. In the current study both terminal links were 30 s in duration. Since the initial and terminal link schedules were equal for both choices, the inter-reinforcement intervals were not a factor for preference. Also, the present study eliminated terminal link response requirements by using FT schedules in the terminal links. The experimental question was the extent to which preference during initial link phase of the procedure was influenced by manipulations of terminal-link stimuli. Preference was measured by the choice proportion. The choice proportion is the number of responses on one initial-link key divided by the responses on both initial-link keys. The results indicated that the pigeons preferred the less segmented terminal-link schedules. This lends further support to the “Psychological Distance to Reward” theory (Fantino, 1969). |
|
|
14. Randomizing Criteria within an Interdependent Group Contingency: Effects on Math Seatwork |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
DIPTI MUDGAL (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Heather Sterling-Turner (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to present comparative data on the effects of randomized and set criteria on work completion and accuracy within an interdependent group contingency (Good Classwork Game). The poster will include methodological and procedural details about the classwide intervention implemented in four elementary classrooms. The intervention was targeted on students referred for poor work completion during math seatwork. Results from the study will be discussed along with implications for future research. |
|
|
15. An Analysis of the Subject’s Own Behavior as Stimuli in a Conditional Discrimination Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALVARO TORRES CHAVEZ (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Florente López (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: A conditional discrimination task of the subject’s own-behavior is described. The task can serve to carry out experiments that Sidman (1994, 2000), has considered crucial for its theory about the origins of equivalent classes. We show that the task may be applied to analyze the problem of emerging conditional relations, in which the performance of the subject functions both, as sample stimuli and as a stimuli for comparison. The data of a pilot experiment are presented. The data suggested that the visual representation of the subject’s performance can function as stimuli leading to the formation of two equivalent classes related to the subject’s performance in the discrimination task. |
|
|
16. Challenging the Cognitive Map Theory |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HEATHER M. ANSON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The proposed study is designed to show that “cognitive maps” are not the best way to account for the behavior of rats in mazes. Instead, referring directly to the history of reinforcement more effectively explains behavior. The researchers will attempt to show that the results obtained in maze studies by Edward Tolman, typically explained by suggesting that the rat uses an internal representation of the maze, can be replicated in situations that do not involve mazes. Specifically, we will replicate a famous maze used by Tolman and Honzik with lever pressing. Different paths of the maze will be represented by schedules of reinforcement for lever pressing in which the response requirement on the lever corresponds roughly to the relative lengths of the different paths in the maze. If this is successful, there will be additional evidence that certain kinds of learning, usually said to be the result of “cognitive maps” or “processes” are actually due to different reinforcement probabilities inherent in different schedules of reinforcement.” |
|
|
17. Comparison of Hyperbolic Decay Parameters in Strains of Mice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CRISTINA I. VARGAS-IRWIN (Virginia Commonwealth University), Jaime Robles (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
Abstract: A choice procedure was adapted to assess discounting of large delayed rewards in mice. Male mice were presented with the choice of a 2 or a 4 sec. access to sweetened condened milk, contingent upon responding on either of two retractable levers. Each session consisted of 5 blocks of 12 of these choice trials. On the first block, all rewards ere presented immediately. In each sucessive block, choice of the large reward was delayed for 5 s., resulting in 5,10,15 and 20 sec. delays. Acquisition of differentiated within-session responding was monitored for each strain of mice and the hyperbolic decay equation was fitted for each animal once stable and differentiated responding was achieved. Parametric differences between different strains are discussed as well as the characterization of genetic difference from a behavioral perspective. |
|
|
18. Extinction-induced Behavioral Variability |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JENNIFER M. KINLOCH (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand), James McEwan (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Although it is widely known that behavior becomes more variable during extinction there are few studies that investigate this. In the first experiment participants responded for points under DRL schedules, using the space bar on a computer. The introduction of extinction resulted in a wider range of inter-response times than seen during training (replicating Morgan and Lee (1996)). In the second to fifth experiments the response was the production of rectangles on the computer screen for points followed by a period of extinction. Under some conditions the reinforcement criterion was based on DRL schedules, in others it was based on the rectangle size. Inter response time, position and size of the rectangle were recorded. The data from all studies will be presented. Initial analysis shows greater variability along the reinforced dimension in extinction. |
|
|
19. Utilizing the Internet to Produce Behavioral Changes in Alcohol Use in the College Population |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
HOLLY DENICE SHOCKLEY (Washington State University), Raymond O. Sacchi (Washington State University), Jason Rogers (Washington State University) |
Abstract: This investigation will compare the alcohol consumption by students in an online experimental discussion group who respond to a common blog versus an online control group that will receive the same computerized newsletters/videos etc. along with the same questions posed at pre and post-testing but are not required to make blog responses. A second set of analysis will compare the experimental and control group responses on pre and post questionnaires to see if there are differences in the decision-making behaviors surrounding their alcohol consumption. This will be an Internet based experiment. Previous studies of online intervention strategies have focused on single person assessments and used instant feedback to the client. However there have been little to no investigations of group based online intervention strategies concerning the use of alcohol and drugs within the college population. To enhance participation, subjects will be anonymous and only identified by self-generated numbers. It is predicted that the students who write and share experiences on the program blog will show significantly greater decreases in alcohol consumption and better decision-making skills related to the consumption of alcohol. |
|
|
20. Matching and Competition in a Group Foraging Paradigm |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NIKOLAY STOYANOV (Illinois Wesleyan University), James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: The generalized matching law, originality developed by behavioral psychologists, and the ideal free distribution, originally developed by ecologists, have often been compared because of a strong mathematical similarity. Each model predicts the relative distribution of behavior between two resource sources. The models differ because the matching law predicts the distribution of individual behavior while the ideal free distribution predicts the distribution of organisms. The present experiments examined the effects of inter-organism competition. Twelve rats participated in the study, which was conducted in two different phases. In the first phase, two groups of six rats responded in a group foraging task. Competitive weights were assigned to each rat on the basis on the amount of food each rat consumed in the first phase. In the second phase, new groupings of six rats were created by taking the three rats with the highest competitive weights from each original group and combining them into a new group. Rats with the lowest competitive weights were combined in a similar fashion. After regrouping, the group foraging task was conducted again. Changes in the parameters of the matching law were then compared under high-competition and low-competition conditions. The results have implications for both the matching law and the ideal free distribution, and once again suggest similarities between the two models. |
|
|
21. Speed Transfer and Class Mergers via Conditional Discriminations: Transfer Training with Trigrams |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University) |
Abstract: Three participants demonstrated two independent groups of three seven-member equivalence classes, one with and one without a speed contingency. Each participant then experienced transfer training using a class member with trigrams. During transfer training, the three A-stimuli from the speed classes served as sample for the consonant-vowel-consonant trigrams. Transfer test involved all the remaining non-speed class members. Test results showed increases in the response speeds of the non-speed class members suggesting that speed transfer may be an artifact of the procedure rather than the specific stimuli involved in transfer training. |
|
|
|
|
#76 International Poster Session - EDC |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Grand Hall |
|
115. Educators' In-service Training in Behavioral Instruction Practices and Principles |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOHN C. BEGENY (North Carolina State University) |
Abstract: Several behaviorally-based instruction practices have been demonstrated to increase students’ academic achievement. However, many educators argue that teachers do not commonly use behavioral instruction practices in the classroom, nor do they receive sufficient training in such practices. As a follow-up to a recent study suggesting that teachers receive little college training in behavioral instruction practices (Begeny & Martens, in press), the purpose of this study is to examine educators’ training during employment. At the present time, 63 educators have been surveyed. Preliminary findings suggest that teachers receive approximately half of an in-service workshop day in behavioral instruction practices across the four subcategories of the survey instrument (e.g., instructional programs, assessment strategies), with no significant differences in training between categories. However, continued data collection for this project is scheduled to occur within the next two months and more complete results and analyses should be available at the time of the presentation. Accordingly, this presentation will describe educators’ in-service training in the same practices and principles inquired about in the Begeny and Martens (in press) study, and will present comparisons between educators with differing professional characteristics (e.g., duration of employment). Limitations, implications, and future research directions will also be presented. |
|
|
116. Differences in Attribution of Instructionally Alterable Variables Among Undergraduate Preservice General Educators |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BARBARA MALLETTE (State University of New York, Fredonia), Gregory F. Harper (State University of New York, Fredonia) |
Abstract: Previously, a survey on alterable instructional variables was piloted among undergraduate education candidates in their final semester of study. As was hypothesized, these candidates attributed student difficulties to uncontrollable factors when presented with a case study. However, there was variability in candidate ranking of controllable variables in the absence of a case study. Our current investigation examines if other preservice teacher candidates will rank factors in a similar fashion. Ranks of candidates in each of the four years of our degree program will be examined to note if differences emerge in their ratings of controllable and uncontrollable instructional variables. A two-part survey was administered to candidates across the four years of our undergraduate program. First, candidates were asked to identify the instructional variables, and characteristics of teachers, classrooms, and students that are most important in determining student achievement and failure. Next, candidates were presented with brief case studies for which they had to identify the most likely causes of student difficulties described in these instances. Our hypothesis is that in the absence of the case study stimulus, upper class candidates will accurately attribute failure to alterable variables while underclass candidates will not discriminate between alterable and non-alterable variables. |
|
|
117. Evaluating Special Education Interventions: Preparing Teacher Trainees in Accountability Methods |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTAL E. EHRHARDT (Western Michigan University), Barbara Gillett (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In order to provide high-quality services to students with disabilities, not to mention to meet requirements of federal legislation (NCLB and IDEA-2004), it is critical that teacher trainees in special education programs receive training in data-based decision making, intervention design, and direct assessment methods, such as curriculum-based measurement (CBM). In this study, teacher trainees in an undergraduate special education program were instructed in a service delivery model emphasizing CBM, direct observation in classrooms, and the use of single-case accountability designs for evaluating the results of interventions they designed and carried out. This study examines outcomes for teacher trainees and students with disabilities. Specifically, for teacher trainees, procedural and intervention integrity data, and social validity data are presented. Regarding school-age students served in this study, child-outcome data and intervention acceptability data are provided. In addition, social validity data from mentor teachers will be presented. |
|
|
118. Integrating Clinical Practice into Masters Level Training: The Gonzaga Center For Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
K. MARK DERBY (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), Shannon Hayter (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The IDEA of 1997 made the application of functional behavioral assessment a requirement in the school setting when applying discipline procedures in the school setting. Specifically, with regard to suspension and expulsion of students with an IEP. In response to this mandate, the Department of Special Education at Gonzaga University developed a campus based clinic to serve as a training cite and to provide services to local children. Formally called The Gonzaga Center for Applied Behavior Analysis, over 50 Master's Level students have completed the training and over 100 children have been served. In this poster, the training sequence will be discussed and the results to date will be presented. |
|
|
119. Student Research at Gonzaga University 1978-2005 |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
THOMAS FORD MCLAUGHLIN (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The basic data presented are the publication and presentation data authored by students from Gonzaga University's behaviorally-based Special Education Program. These data were blocked from 3 to 5 year periods (e. g. 1978-1980, 1981-1985, 1986-1990, 1991-1995, 1996-2000, 2001-2004, and 2005-Present). The overall student publication and presentation outcomes indicated that student puvblications and presentations were highest during 2001-2004 (number of publications and presentations = 48). Student publications ranged from 0 to 20 for the other four designated time periods. Gonzaga University's Special Education Program's students published in such peer reviewed journals as Child & Family Behavior Therapy, International Journal of Special Education, B. C. Journal of Special Education, Education and Treatment of Children, Reading Improvement, Remedial & Special Education, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Modification, Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, Behavioral Interventions, Journal of Positive Behavioral Interventions, Journal of Behavioral Education, Behavior Modification, and Psychology in the Schools. Presentations were made at the Northwest Association for Behavior Analysis, Council for Exceptional Children, and The Annual Virginia Beach Conference on Behavior Disorders and the Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
120. The Personalized System of Instruction as a Metacontingency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
JOAO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Universidade Católica de Goiás), Marcio Moreira (IESB), Ricardo Correa Martone (IESB), Diogo C. Seco (IESB) |
Abstract: Changing traditional educational practices with the Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) requires behavioral changes of several persons, all of them involved in what we call Education: students, professors, staff and managers. A PSI course is based upon five basic features: Unit mastery; flexible pacing; on-demand course content; immediate feedback; and peer tutoring. To accomplish these basic features some cultural practices, regarding Education, must be managed, such as absence of lectures (speeches), students’ self-management of time, changes in administrative procedures, recycling of professors’ teaching styles, and tutor training. This work analyses, in terms of metacontingencies, the introduction of PSI into two disciplines of an undergraduate psychology course. The interlocking contingencies that have been established, as well as those that were supposed to, are discussed. Using the metacontingency concept as an analytic tool might improve our understanding of particular contingencies of reinforcement operating at the individual level. |
|
|
121. The Effect of Conditional Passes in a Mastery-based CAPSI-Enhanced Undergraduate Course |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA M. HONEYCUTT (Delta State University), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Delta State University), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The present study evaluates student persistence, defined as the number of tests attempted and the number of tests passed, by week, in two CAPSI-enhanced undergraduate courses. The independent variable is the use of a conditional pass (present or absent) at two different times during the semester. At the outset of the course, students were given a pass or restudy on self-paced unit tests involving written answers where mastery was defined as “complete and correct”. As the course progressed, student test-taking decreased to a very low level. With the addition of a “conditional pass” in which students could revise answers that were close to mastery, student test-taking increased, and more passes per week were observed. In addition, some students who had not attempted unit tests prior to the introduction of the conditional pass were more likely to attempt the self-paced tests after the conditional pass was introduced. This suggests that the restudies may have been punitive in nature; however, the conditional pass provides a less punitive outcome for answers that do not meet mastery criteria. Data will also be presented on the quality of textual behavior observed on unit tests, as measured by a modified Bloom’s taxonomy. |
|
|
122. Effects of Training and Feedback Techniques on the Acquisition of Scientific Skills |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA ANTONIA PADILLA VARGAS (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: The objective of this study was to assess the effect of strategies of training and feedback on the acquisition of scientific skills of new researchers. The participants were six graduate students in Behavioral Sciences. Their scientific skills were estimated before they started graduate school. At the end of the classes, they were evaluated again with the same instrument. During the semester, training and feedback strategies that the instructors used with the participants were analyzed looking for positive correlations. Results showed that the acquisition of skills depended of the number of papers and experimental reports they wrote, and of the amount of feedback they received. The implications of these findings for pedagogy of science will be discussed. |
|
|
123. The Effects of “Bug-In-Ear” Supervision Teachers’ Delivery of Learn Units |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET I. GOODMAN (University of West Georgia) |
Abstract: Research on teacher interactions has consistently demonstrated improvements in student learning when teachers deliver clear instructional antecedents, increase their rates of questioning, and provide increased opportunities to respond. This sequence of skills is also termed the Learn Unit. While the knowledge base on effective teaching increases, increasing numbers of teachers require instructional support if they are to implement these practices with their students. Supervision and coaching strategies can help teachers reach these students by delivering immediate feedback to improve their instructional delivery. In this study, instructional feedback was provided to novice teachers using “bug-in-ear” technology to coach them to deliver effective instructional interactions, complete Learn Units. Results showed that the rate and accuracy of teachers’ effective teaching behaviors increased dramatically when in-class feedback was delivered via the electronic “bugs.” For two of the three teachers, these increases maintained when the instructional feedback was faded. This study extends previous research on Learn Units and on the delivery of immediate feedback through bug-in-ear (BIE) technology, and suggests an effective supervision strategy for novice teachers. |
|
|
124. Use of a Momentary Time-sampling Procedure and Environmental Prompts to Increase Target Behaviours of Educational Staff in a Setting for Children with Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CLAIRE E. MCDOWELL (The Saplings School, Rathfarnham), Aisling A. Ardiff (The Saplings School, Rathfarnham), Nicola Catherine Ann Hardy (The Saplings School, Kill), Katrina Duffy (The Saplings School, Mullingar) |
Abstract: Baseline data was collected using a momentary time-sampling procedure by the Educational Director and Programme Supervisor of an ABA school for children with Autism. Data indicated several areas of concern with time-management across the working day. A procedure to target time spent on areas of concern, including interactions with staff, parents and children was implemented. Use of environmental prompts resulted in increased time spent engaged in behaviours that had previously occurred at low frequencies. |
|
|
125. The Effect of Class-Wide Function Based Intervention Team "CW-FIT" Group Contingency Program in an Inner-City Elementary School |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY D. SHUMATE (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Kimberly K. Bessette (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Chris Cullinan (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the CW-FIT group contingency intervention and data from two classrooms in an elementary school. The school is an inner city, high risk setting, with 45% of the students from culturally diverse groups, 61% are from economically disadvantaged homes, and 21% of students are identified as having disabilities. The implementation of CW-FIT in this study consists of three components: teaching functional replacement behaviors for the inappropriate behaviors, differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) with group and individual contingencies, and extinction. The program is implemented using a game format with teams, points, and incentives. Results from group data indicated increases in students’ on task behavior (1st grade baseline mean = 60%, during intervention it increased to a mean of 93%; 2nd grade baseline mean = 48%, during intervention it increased to a mean of 89%). Observations on individual target students (n=6) indicated a reduction in disruptive behaviors (baseline mean = 26 disruptive behaviors per 10-min observation, during intervention it decreased to 9 disruptive behaviors per 10-min observation). |
|
|
126. Effects of Class-wide Function Based Intervention Teams "CW-FIT" Group Contingency Program in an Urban, Culturally Diverse, Elementary School Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA C. SCHMIDT (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Katrina L. Franzen (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Sarah Maas (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Katie Hollenberg (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the CW-FIT group contingency intervention and data from three classroom settings. An urban, high-risk school with 95% of students from culturally diverse groups, 65% English Language Learners and 90% low SES served as the setting. CW-FIT consists of 4 critical components: teaching functional replacement behaviors for inappropriate behaviors, differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA)/group and individual contingencies, extinction, and self-management. The program is implemented using a game format with teams, points, and incentives. Results indicated increases in students’ on-task behavior (5th grade baseline mean of 44%, increasing to 83% during CW FIT; 1st grade baseline mean of 57%, increasing to 86% during CW-FIT). Additional effects included reductions in disruptive behaviors for individual target students, and increases in teacher praise for appropriate behaviors. |
|
|
127. Behavior Management Plan for Intergrated Classrooms |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANNABELLE M. GUERCIO (Global Concepts Charter School) |
Abstract: A Behavior Management Program was put in place in third grade and fifth grade classrooms that house both typical and learning disabled children in a Charter School. One classroom had a turn-a-card system that was not working and the other had a new system that the students were not responding to. The new plan follows a token system that is both visual and tangible for the students. This poster will display the plan, the system, and the results for both classrooms to maintain positive behavior outcomes and a substantial decrease in behavior issues through data and feedback from the classroom staff. |
|
|
128. A Program to Decrease Behavioral Problems in Elementary School Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Deni Vovides Tejeda (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Doris Miriam Ladron de Guevara Tejeda (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Esperanza Ferrant Jimenez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Andree Fleming-Holland (University of Veracruz, Mexico) |
Abstract: The disorder caused by lack of attention span and hyperactivity (TDAH), generates low learning level in children and difficulties to socialize and establish good relationships within their family, as well as, their school mates.. The purpose of this investigation was to identify the children having this problem and implement an applied behavior analysis program to be implemented by parents and teachers who were trained to eliminate or decrease inappropriate behaviors manifested by eight children of elementary school, through a complete sequential and group comparative experimental design. The research was carried out at “Adalberto Tejeda Grammar School” situated in the colonia Revolución in the city of Xalapa, Veracruz with the participation of 8 children from first to sixth grade academic level who manifested the above mentioned problems. The results obtained allowed confirmation of the study’s objectives since it was possible to identify the children with TDAH, as well as those factors associated with the syndrome, and evaluate the effect of the program concerning behavioral problems in the children. |
|
|
129. Increasing Appropriate Lunchroom Behavior: A Praise Note System for Elementary Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RIKKI K. WHEATLEY (Utah State University), Richard P. West (Utah State University), Tim G. Smith (Utah State University), Richard B. Sanders (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Schools are often in need of low-cost, high-impact strategies to improve student behavior. The current study used a multiple-baseline across three target behaviors to assess the efficiency of a praise note system in an elementary school lunchroom. Students were taught appropriate behaviors, and the school staff was trained to recognize and reward students who kept the lunchroom clean, sat appropriately in their seats, and walked in the lunchroom. The intervention consisted of 1) teaching specific appropriate behaviors and 2) implementing a praise note system to reward students for behaving appropriately. The praise note intervention was successful. The average amount of litter left in the lunchroom decreased from 34.3 pieces during baseline to 1.3 pieces during the intervention phase. The average number of instances of sitting inappropriately decreased from 65.5 during baseline to 23.3 during the intervention phase. The average number of instances of running in the lunchroom decreased from 34 during baseline to 8.5 during the intervention phase. |
|
|
130. Using a Self-Monitoring Strategy to Increase On-Task Behavior with Three Fourth-Graders with LD |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL C. LAMBERT (Western Washington University), Charlene Esget (Bellingham Public Schools) |
Abstract: The study took place in the general education classroom during literacy activities. Students were cued to self-monitor their behavior on two minute intervals using the Invisible Clock, a technology that vibrated at repeating intervals. This technology was discrete and unobtrusive while still cueing the students to self-record. A reversal single-subject research design was used to examine the effects of self-monitoring on on-task behavior. Results indicate that the self-monitoring strategy improved the on-task behavior of all three students. In addition, the general education teacher found the intervention to be effective and easy to implement. |
|
|
131. Self-Monitoring of Homework Completion: Effectiveness of an Intervention for Adolescents in Residential Treatment Homes |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL I. AXELROD (Girls and Boys Town), Elizabeth J. Zhe (University at Albany, State University of New York), Jean A. Klein (University of Minnesota), Kimberly A. DeRuyck (University of Kansas), Jordan del Mundo (Girls and Boys Town) |
Abstract: On-task behavior and completion of quality academic work continue to be areas of concern for many children and adolescents, particularly those who are highly distractible. Considering the pervasiveness of off-task behavior and the social and educational implications, vast amounts of research have targeted this concern. The purpose of this study is to examine the effectiveness of a thirty-minute self-monitoring intervention with adolescent males in residential treatment. Participants will be identified by treatment team staff as adolescents who experience difficulty with attention to task, both while completing homework and in the academic setting. An alternating treatments design with variable monitoring periods will be utilized across a three-week time period. The self-monitoring activities will include self-ratings and staff-ratings across three- and ten-minute intervals over the thirty-minute time period. Individualized daily and weekly reward systems will be implemented for each youth. Outcomes will be determined through evaluating the amount of on-task behavior, accuracy of on-task behavior measured by the congruence of the ratings of on-task behavior between the student and a treatment team member, and the frequency of homework referrals over the course of the intervention. Implications for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
|
132. Publication Trends in the Journal of Applied |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN H. HUMMEL (Valdosta State University), Laura C. Bales (Valdosta State University), Joseph B. Conrad (Valdosta State University) |
Abstract: In 1993, John Northup, Timothy R. Vollmer, and Karen Serrett published “Publication Trends in 25 Years of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis in JABA. Their graphical data focused on seven different categories: article type, participants, behavioral implementer, target behavior, and principles employed. For each of the categories data for the years 1968-1992 were presented and trends interpreted (e.g., over 40% of all the studies reported were conducted in schools). While children were the most frequent population studied, developmentally disabled individuals began increasing in the late 1980s, as did the study of elders. Behavioral experimenters increasingly served as the primary behavior-change agent over the period analyzed, while teachers decreased between 1968 and 1983, remaining somewhat constant between 1984-1992. Skills acquisition has increasingly been the focus target behavior though academically-related behaviors stabilized in the 1980s with about 8% of the articles focusing on academics. Decreasing behavioral excess accounted for approximately 3-4% of the articles since 1979. Positive reinforcement was the primary behavioral principle employed across all years. The present study replicates and extends the categories initially used by Northrup et al. (1993). Initially, JABA articles from 1968-1992 were simultaneously and cooperatively coded by two observers and checked for inter-rater reliability (IOR). This was done to train the observers on how to record the data. This training was continued with additional single articles until the observers reached an agreement of at least 90%. Each observer, following the Northup et al. (1993) article, then independently coded the articles in five JABA volumes. These results were checked for IOR purposes. Under the “type of article” category, for “other” several subcategories were added to the original listing; other now also includes Group designs (with and w/o randomization) and Descriptive studies. Once IOR for 5 randomly selected volumes of JABA was established at the 80% or higher convention, each observer was assigned alternating volumes for the years 1993-2004. A single article from each volume was coded by both observers to validate IOR (if these IOR probes reflected <80% agreement, coding was stopped and retraining was scheduled). Graphed results for the categories will be presented to show whether the trends first noted by Northup et al. have continued or changed. |
|
|
133. 15 YEARS of The Journal of Behavioral Education: A Review of Its Past Focus and a Look at the Current Direction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL WANNARKA (Pennsylvania State University), Dawn W. Hamlin (Pennsylvania State University), Katie E. Hildebrand (Pennsylvania State University), Mandy J. Kubo (Pennsylvania State University), Youjia Hua (Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Fifteen years ago a new publication was started to address some critical needs in the field of behavioral education. This publication intended to be a centralized vehicle for behavioral education research pertaining to individuals from all ages, including both disabled and nondisabled populations. Research would come from all settings and also address some then current issues such as adult illiteracy and computer instruction. Applied and basic research would be published together, and special focus would be placed on the links between both. As this journal begins a new era under a new editor, a timely review is in order. In this review of The Journal of Behavioral Education we review the first years of the journal and contrast it to the most recent years, in terms of both addressing its original intended goals and also noting recent research trends. |
|
|
134. The Effects of the Use of a Performance Matrix in a Classroom Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CARRIE ANN HARTMAN (Area Cooperative Educational Services), Annabelle Smith Murray (Area Cooperative Educational Services) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of the use of a performance matrix on staff and student performance in classroom settings for students with autism and other developmental disabilities. The matrix was designed to combine judgment measures, percentages and counts into a single index representation of total classroom performance. This performance matrix combines measures of student independence, academic and social engagement, inappropriate behavior and mastered objectives. It also contains measures of staff adherence to structured schedule, data collection and graphing of student performance, and staff morale. Reinforcers for improvement and acquisition of particular scores were developed by the school administrators based on surveys filled out by the participating staff. |
|
|
135. Unison Responding: A Meta-Analysis of its Effects on Student Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DAWN W. HAMLIN (Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University), Kathy L. Ruhl (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Methods to increase appropriate student academic behaviors are of great interest to practitioners serving both disabled and nondisabled populations. Unison responding procedures are one way practitioners can increase student academic achievement while decreasing student off-task behaviors. Given the link between academic student responding and positive academic outcomes, this body of research can provide an efficient, effective, and economical method to increase desired behaviors. Many different aspects of unison responding have been explored within experimental frameworks. This meta-analysis explores the results from these developing research foundations that support the use of unison responding within a variety of classroom settings. Limitations to the current research and future potential research questions are also discussed within this poster presentation. |
|
|
136. The Effect of Digital Camera Photographs on the Vocabulary Development of Deaf Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
M. LYNN WOOLSEY (University of North Florida), Len Roberson (University of North Florida) |
Abstract: This reversal design study examined the effects of using digital pictures as a study guide for vocabluary development in two different classes: a high school reading class and a high school driver's education class. Both classes took digital pictures of themselves and classmates signing the vocabulary word. They captioned the pictures and created either cards or vocabulary sheets. Students in each class improved their scores on weekly quizzes during the digital photograph vocabulary phase. This study has implications for students with language delays, autism, and learning disabilities, as well as adults who are non-readers. |
|
|
|
|
Becoming BACB Certified |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Cairo |
Chair: Christine L. Ratcliff (FSU/BACB) |
Presenting Authors: |
The presentation will cover important components of the BACB including information on Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Board Certified Associate Behavior Analyst (BCABA) credentials; professional experience, coursework, and degree requirements; approved course sequences; examination administration; eligibility standards; and application for examination. The presentation also will offer information regarding recent changes in the BACB eligibility standards. Time will be provided for participant questions and discussion with presenter. This presentation is intended for individuals who want basic information on the BACB or are planning on becoming certified. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Greenbriar |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behaviorists interested in social issues will gather to explore and share ways that the science of behavior can and should further contribute to social justice, human rights, and other important social goals. Those gathered will develop a task plan for expanding this work among behavior analysts. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Inman |
Chair: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Southwest Missouri State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Special Interest Group devoted to educating the public and fellow professionals about the clinical applications of behavior analysis. We will be discussing the current state of our organization, making suggestions for improvement, and reviewing the most recent developments in clinical behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Education and Treatment of Children: Editorial Review Board |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Lenox |
Chair: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University) |
Presenting Authors: |
A discussion of journal policies and procedures with the goal of making adjustments to increase manuscript submissions, publication impact, and subscriptions. All interested persons are encouraged to attend and become involved with ETC. |
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport & Fitness (HSF) Special Interest Group Annual Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Hong Kong |
Chair: Michael A. Kirkpatrick (Wesley College) |
Presenting Authors: |
The HSF-SIG annual meeting is open to all ABA members and guests. We will discuss strategies for enhancing behavior analytic research, application, and service in the areas of health, sport, and fitness (HSF). Bring a friend! |
|
|
|
|
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Meeting for authors, prospective authors, reviewers, and Editorial Board members |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Fairlie |
Chair: Leonard Green (Washington University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Annual Report of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior will be presented, followed by discussion of editorial policies, changes, and issues. We encourage authors and prospective authors to attend. There will be time for questions. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Network Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Cairo |
Chair: Angela R. Lebbon (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The meeting will describe OBM Network activities over the past year, encourage membership in the organization, and seek input from members on important issues regarding the organization's management and future direction. |
|
|
|
|
Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Kennesaw |
Chair: Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting is for all members of ABA interested in Positive Behavior Support. The purpose, goals, and activities of the Positive Behavior Support SIG will be discussed. Attendees are encouraged to bring ideas for presentations, research, and other initiatives related to positive behavior support and behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Regular Meeting of the Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Techwood |
Chair: Matthew E. Andrzejewski (University of Wisconsin, Madison) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the general meeting is to elect officers, discuss progress of the organization, and discuss future plans for membership recruitment, conference, and advocacy. All are welcome. |
|
|
|
|
Standard Celeration Society Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Vinings |
Chair: Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Presenting Authors: |
Please join us for this regular meeting of the Standard Celeration Society where we will review progress on current SCS projects, recap the November 2005 International Precision Teaching Conference, receive an update from the editorial board of the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, hear reports from the Society’s officers, and address new business. |
|
|
|
|
Tai Chi Chuan for Beginners |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Baker |
Chair: Jill L. Basso (Private Practice/BCBA) |
Presenting Authors: |
Tai chi chuan is a slow-moving, meditative exercise good for health, relaxation, and self-defense. Tai chi is known primarily for its health and is the physical manifestation of the principles of yin/yang as expressed in the Chinese Classics. Participants will be introduced to standing postures and forms that will assist in accessing internal energy (chi), breathing exercises, and movements found in the tai chi form. For a weekend full of sedentary activities and intellectual challenges, tai chi can assist with relaxation of the mind and body. Please wear loose and comfortable clothes. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
University |
Chair: Patrick S. Williams (University of Houston, Downtown) |
Presenting Authors: |
Elect new officers and discuss TBA SIG activities for upcoming year. |
|
|
|
|
The Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis (CABA). |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Piedmont |
Chair: Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Presenting Authors: |
CABA welcomes all members and persons desiring to join CABA to the CABA Business Meeting. We will review 2005-06 and make plans for 2006-07, as well as elect officers. |
|
|
|
|
The New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Spring |
Chair: Randy I. Horowitz (Eden II Programs) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the meeting will be to bring attendees up to date on the activities of NYSABA, and to make plans for activities moving forward. |
|
|
|
|
Autism Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Dunwoody |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Private Practice) |
Presenting Authors: |
A business meeting will be held to address an array of administrative matters relevant to the SIG, as well as to distribute the Revised Consumer Guidelines. The business meeting will be followed by a few discussions. Jack Scott will solicit ideas for ABA 2007. Jerry Shook, Executive Director of the BACB, will also join us to highlight plans to develop an autism specialty certification. All interested parties are welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Harris |
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
SIG’s 2nd annual meeting of those interested in promoting dissemination to speech & language professionals of behaviorally oriented research and application of evidence-based practices relevant to the scope of practice for speech-language pathologists. We will highlight members’ mission-related activities during 2005-06 and establish priorities for 2006-07 projects. Everyone is invited to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Memorial Symposium for Jim Dinsmoor: Experimentalist, Scholar, and Gentleman |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
7:00 PM–8:50 PM |
International Ballroom South |
Chair: William D. Timberlake (Indiana University) |
This Symposium will recall and honor the numerous professional and personal contributions Jim Dinsmoor made to the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Five presenters will highlight influential aspects of his experimental and professional work:
Edmund Fantino--Conditioned Reinforcement Theory: A Dinsmoor Legacy,
Charlie Catania--Some Observations on Dinsmoor's Analysis of Observing Behavior,
Phil Hineline-Non-Aversive Disagreements in Discussions of Aversive Control,
Jack Michael-- Avoidance in Terms of Immediate Contingencies, and
Murray Sidman--The Man and the Scientist.
Following these presentations there will be an opportunity for Jim’s friends and students to offer brief memories or stories of Jim and his influence on them and the field. |
|
|
|
|
University of Florida Reunion for Students, Alumni, Faculty, and Friends |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
8:00 PM–9:50 PM |
Singapore |
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Hammond (University of Florida) |
Calling all Gators... Get together with old friends, mingle with new ones, and enjoy a review of the good ol' days! |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Bash |
Saturday, May 27, 2006 |
9:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Centennial Ballroom I & II |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (West Virginia University) |
ABA welcomes you to Atlanta with a party to remember. You won't want to miss the local entertainers, door prizes, skit competition, and student committee awards. Bring your friends and colleagues and enjoy the festivities - be ready for a few surprises! |
|
|